Sie sind auf Seite 1von 163

NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Chemistry

board question paper: march 2013


Chemistry
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answer to the two sections are to be written in the same answer book.
iii. Figure to the right hand side indicate full marks.
iv. Write balanced chemical equations and draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Every new question must be started on a new page.
vi. Use of logarithmic table is allowed

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. In body centred cubic structure, the space occupied is about _______.
(A) 68 % (B) 53 %
(C) 38 % (D) 32 %
ii. For a gaseous reaction, the unit of rate of reaction is _______.
(A) L atm s–1 (B) atm mol–1 s–1
–1
(C) atm s (D) mol s
iii. Which of the following compounds contains S = O as well as S = S bonds?
(A) Sulphuric acid (B) Thiosulphuric acid
(C) Sulphurous acid (D) Thiosulphurous acid
iv. Which of the following solutions shows maximum depression in freezing point?
(A) 0.5 M Li2SO4 (B) 1 M NaCl
(C) 0.5 M Al2(SO4)3 (D) 0.5 M BaCl2
v. For a chemical reaction, ∆S = – 0.035 kJ/K and ∆H = – 20 kJ. At what temperature does the
reaction turn non-spontaneous?
(A) 5.14 K (B) 57.14 K
(C) 571.4 K (D) 5714.0 K
vi. The standard e.m.f of the following cell is 0.463 V
Cu | Cu++(1 M) || Ag+(1M) | Ag. If E oAg = 0.800 V,
What is the standard potential of Cu electrode?
(A) 1.137 V (B) 0.337 V
(C) 0.463 V (D) –0.463 V
vii. Fe2O3 is reduced to spongy iron near the top of blast furnace by _______.
(A) H2 (B) CaO
(C) SiO2 (D) CO
Q. 2. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Distinguish between crystalline solid and amorphous solid.
ii. State Kohlrausch Law and write mathematical expression of molar conductivity of the given
solution at infinite dilution.
iii. Write cell reactions in lead storage battery during discharge.

65
.NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper: March 2013
iv. Draw structures and write geometry of PCl3 and PCl5.
v. Prove that ∆H = ∆U + ∆nRT. What is the condition under which ∆U = ∆H?
vi. Mention names and formulae of two ores of aluminium.
vii. Derive the relationship between relative lowering of vapour pressure and molar mass of
non-volatile solute.
viii. What is pseudo first order reaction? Give one example of it.
Q.3. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. Calculate the mole fraction and molality of HNO3 in a solution containing 12.2 % HNO3.
(Given – atomic masses : H = 1, N = 14, O = 16)
ii. Consider the reaction,
3I (aq)

+ S2 O82− 
→ I 3(aq)
− 2−
+ 2SO 4(aq)
d SO 24− 
At particular time t, = 2.2 × 10–2 M/s.
dt
What are the values of the following at the same time?
d I−  d S2 O82−  d  I 3− 
a. –   b. –  c. –
dt dt dt
iii. 300 M mol of perfect gas occupies 13 L at 320 K. Calculate the work done in joules when the
gas expands –
a. isothermally against a constant external pressure of 0.20 atm.
b. isothermal and reversible process.
c. into vaccum until the volume of gas is increased by 3 L. (R = 8.314 J mol–1 K–1)
iv. What is the action of the following reagents on ammonia?
a. Excess of air
b. Excess of chlorine
c. Na metal
Q. 4. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. a. Explain with reason sign conventions of ∆S in the following reactions :
1. N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g)
2. CO2(g) → CO2(s)
b. Explain the following terms:
1. Smelting
2. Flux
c. Gold occurs as face centred cube and has a density of 19.30 kg dm–3. Calculate atomic
radius of gold. (Molar mass of Au = 197)
ii. a. Explain the trends in the following properties with reference to group 16:
1. Atomic radii and ionic radii
2. Density
3. ionisation enthalpy
4. Electronegativity
b. In the electrolysis of AgNO3 solution 0.7g of Ag is deposited after a certain period of
time. Calculate the quantity of electricity required in coulomb.
(Molar mass of Ag is 107.9 g mol–1).
c. Define Osmosis.

66
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Chemistry

SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. In which of the following pairs, highest oxidation states of transition metals are found?
(A) nitriles and chlorides (B) fluorides and chlorides
(C) fluorides and oxides (D) nitriles and oxides

ii. Which of the following carbocations is least stable?


CH2 – CH3
+ +
(A) CH3 − CH2 − C (B) CH3 − CH2 − CH − CH2 − CH3

CH2 – CH3
H
+
+
(C) (D) CH3 − CH2 − CH − C – CH3
CH3 − CH2 − CH2
CH3

R OR
iii. Compound having general formula C is called _______.
H OR

(A) diester (B) acid anhydride


(C) hemiacetal (D) acetal

iv. The complex ion [Co(H2O)5 (ONO)]2+ and [Co(H2O)5NO2)]2+ are called _______.
(A) linkage isomer (B) ionisation isomer
(C) co-ordination isomer (D) geometrical isomer

v. Inflammation of tongue is due to the deficiency of _______.


(A) vitamin B1 (B) vitamin B2
(C) vitamin B5 (D) vitamin B6

vi. Identify the compound ‘B’ in the following series of reaction:


Na /alc NaNO 2
propanenitrile  → A →
dil.HCl
B.
(A) n-propyl chloride (B) Propanamine
(C) n-propyl alcohol (D) Isopropyl alcohol

vii. Which of the following reagents is best for the following conversion?
O

→
H OH

(A) LiAlH4 (B) H3O+


(C) H2/ Ni, 453 K (D) Zn – Hg + HCl(con)

67
. . . Board Question Paper: March 2013
Q.6. Answer any SIX of the following : [12]
2+
i. Calculate magnetic moment of Fe (aq) ion (Z = 26).

ii. How is ethanol prepared from methanal by using Grignard reagent?


iii. Write the chemical reaction to prepare novolac polymer.
iv. Why does p-nitrochlorobenzene undergo displacement reactions readily with attack of

nucleophilic HO ion?
v. What is the action of bromine in alkaline medium on
a. CH3CH2NO2 b. CH3 – CH – NO2

CH3
vi. Define antioxidants and mention two examples.
vii. How is 4-methylpent-3-en-2-one obtained from propan-2-one?
viii. What are hormones? Write the structure of simple triglycerides.
Q.7. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. Write the different oxidation states of manganese. Why +2 oxidation state of manganese is
more stable?
ii. How are the following compounds prepared?
a. benzaldehyde from benzene
b. acetophenone from benzene
c. benzaldehyde from benzoyl chloride
iii. Define complex lipids and write the structures of nucleotide and nucleoside.
iv. Write the formulae of the following compounds:
a. Sodium hexanitrito – N – cobaltate (III)
b. Tetraaquodichlorochromium (III) chloride
c. Potassium tetracyanoaurate (III) ion
Q.8. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. a. Explain the following terms:
1. Homopolymers
2. Elastomers
b. Explain the mechanism of cleansing action of soaps.
c. Write balanced chemical equations for the action of
1. phosphorus trichloride on propan-2-ol
2. hydrogen bromide on styrene in the presence of a peroxide
3. methyl bromide on silver propanoate
ii. a. Write a short note on Hoffmann bromamide degradation.
b. Explain the mechanism of action of hydroiodic acid on 3-methylbutan-2-ol.
c. Mention ‘two’ uses of propan-2-one.

68
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Mathematics

Board question paper: March 2013


Mathematics and Statistics
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Solution of L.P.P. should be written on graph paper only.
iv. Answers to both the sections should be written in the same answer book.
v. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following:
(6)[12]
i. The principal solution of the equation cot x = − 3 is
π π
(A) (B)
6 3
5π 5π
(C) (D) −
6 6

ii. If the vectors −3iˆ + 4jˆ − 2k,i


ˆ ˆ + 2k,i
ˆ ˆ − pjˆ are coplanar, then the value of p is
(A) −2 (B) 1
(C) −1 (D) 2
*iii. If the line y = x + k touches the hyperbola 9x2 − 16y2 = 144, then k = _____
(A) 7 (B) − 7
(C) ± 7 (D) ± 19
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
i. Write down the following statements in symbolic form:
a. A triangle is equilateral if and only if it is equiangular.
b. Price increases and demand falls.

 2 −2 
ii. If A =   , then find A by adjoint method.
−1

 4 3 
iii. Find the separate equations of the lines represented by the equation 3x2 − 10xy − 8y2 = 0.
*iv. Find the equation of the director circle of a circle x2 + y2 = 100.
v. Find the general solution of the equation 4 cos2 x = 1.
Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6) [14]
i. Without using truth table show that p ↔ q ≡ (p ∧ q) ∨ (∼ p ∧ ∼ q)
ii. If θ is the measure of acute angle between the pair of lines given by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0, then
2 h 2 − ab
prove that tan θ = , a + b ≠ 0.
a+b

69
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS .. Board Question Paper: March 2013
*iii. Show that the line x + 2y + 8 = 0 is tangent to the parabola y2 = 8x. Hence, find the point of
contact.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. The sum of three numbers is 9. If we multiply third number by 3 and add to the second
number, we get 16. By adding the first and the third number and then subtracting twice the
second number from this sum, we get 6. Use this information and find the system of linear
equations. Hence, find the three numbers using matrices.
ii. Find the general solution of cos x + sin x = 1.
iii. If a and b are any two non-zero and non-collinear vectors, then prove that any vector r
coplanar with a and b can be uniquely expressed as r = t1 a + t2 b , where t1 and t2 are
scalars.
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Using truth table examine whether the following statement pattern is tautology, contradiction
or contingency.
(p ∧ ~ q) ↔ (p → q)
ii. Find k, if the length of the tangent segment from (8, − 3) to the circle x2 + y2 − 2x + ky−23 = 0
is 10 units.
iii. Show that the lines given by
x +1 y +3 z −4 x +10 y +1 z − 1
= = and = = intersect.
−10 −1 1 −1 −3 4
Also find the co-ordinates of the point of intersection.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
*i. Find the equation of the locus of the point of intersection of two tangents drawn to the
x2 y2
hyperbola − = 1 such that the sum of the cubes of their slopes is 8.
7 5
ii. Solve the following L.P.P. graphically:
Maximize : Z = 10x + 25y
Subject to: x ≤ 3, y ≤ 3, x + y ≤ 5, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
iii. Find the equations of the planes parallel to the plane x + 2y + 2z + 8 = 0 which are at the
distance of 2 units from the point (1, 1, 2).
Section − II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following:
(6)[12]
i. Function f(x) = x2 – 3x + 4 has minimum value at x = ______
3
(A) 0 (B) –
2
3
(C) 1 (D)
2
1
ii. ∫ x ⋅ log x dx = _____
1
(A) log (log x) + c (B) (log x)2 + c
2
(C) 2 log x + c (D) log x + c

70
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Mathematics
iii. Order and degree of the differential equation
7
  dy  3  3 d2 y
1 +    = 7 2 are respectively –
  dx   dx
(A) 2, 3 (B) 3, 2
(C) 7, 2 (D) 3, 7
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
dy
i. If x = at2, y = 2at, then find .
dx
ii. Find the approximate value of 8.95 .
iii. Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola y2 = 16x and the line x = 3.
*iv. For the bivariate data r = 0.3, cov(X, Y) = 18, σx = 3, find σy.
*v. A triangle bounded by the lines y = 0, y = x and x = 4 is revolved about the X-axis.
Find the volume of the solid of revolution.
Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. A function f(x) is defined as
f ( x) = x + a , x<0
=x , 0 ≤ x <1
=b−x , x ≥1
is continuous in its domain. Find a + b.
 1  1 dy x
ii. If x = a  t −  , y = a  t +  , then show that = .
 t  t dx y

1
iii. Evaluate : ∫ 3 + 5cos x dx
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. An insurance agent insures lives of 5 men, all of the same age and in good health. The
2
probability that a man of this age will survive the next 30 years is known to be . Find the
3
probability that in the next 30 years at most 3 men will survive.
ii. The surface area of a spherical balloon is increasing at the rate of 2 cm2/sec. At what rate is
the volume of the balloon is increasing when the radius of the balloon is 6 cm?
iii. The slope of the tangent to the curve at any point is equal to y + 2x. Find the equation of the
curve passing through the origin.
Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. If u and v are two functions of x, then prove that
 du 
∫ uv dx = u ∫ v dx − ∫  dx ∫ v dx  dx
ii. The time (in minutes) for a lab assistant to prepare the equipment for a certain experiment is a
random variable X taking values between 25 and 35 minutes with p. d. f.
1
f(x) = , 25 ≤ x ≤ 35 = 0, otherwise.
10
What is the probability that preparation time exceeds 33 minutes? Also find the c. d. f. of X.

71
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS .. Board Question Paper: March 2013
iii. The probability that a certain kind of component will survive a check test is 0.6. Find the
probability that exactly 2 of the next 4 tested components survive.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
d2 y
i. If ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0, show that 2 = 0.
dx
ii. Find the area of the region common to the circle x2 + y2 = 9 and the parabola y2 = 8x.
*iii. For 10 pairs of observations on two variables X and Y, the following data are available:
2
∑ ( x − 2) = 30, ∑ ( y − 5) = 40, ∑ ( x − 2) = 900,
2
∑ ( y − 5) = 800, ∑ ( x − 2) ( y − 5) = 480.
Find the correlation coefficient between X and Y.

72
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Physics

Board question paper: March 2013


Physics
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figure to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. The moment of inertia of a thin uniform rod of mass M and length L, about an axis passing
through a point, midway between the centre and one end, perpendicular to its length is
______.
48 7 1 1
(A) ML2 (B) ML2 (C) ML2 (D) ML2
7 48 48 16
ii. ‘n’ droplets of equal size of radius r coalesce to form a bigger drop of radius R. The energy
liberated is equal to _______. (T = Surface tension of water)
1 1
(A) 4πR2T[ n 3 −1 ] (B) 4πr2T[ n 3 −1 ]
2 2
(C) 4πR2T[ n 3 −1 ] (D) 4πr2T[ n 3 −1 ]
iii. The buckling of a beam is found to be more if _______.
(A) the breadth of the beam is large.
(B) the beam material has large value of Young’s modulus.
(C) the length of the beam is small.
(D) the depth of the beam is small.
iv. When a transverse wave on a string is reflected from the free end, the phase change produced
is _______.
π 3π
(A) zero rad (B) rad (C) rad (D) π rad
2 4
v. The number of degrees of freedom for a rigid diatomic molecule is _______.
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
vi. Two particles perform linear simple harmonic motion along the same path of length 2A and
period T as shown in the graph below. The phase difference between them is _______.
(A) zero rad
A
π
Displacement→

(B) rad A
4 2 X
π
(C) rad O T T 3T T
2 (Time) →
4 2 4

(D) rad
4 A

61
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS .. Board Question Paper: March 2013
vii. The light from the Sun is found to have a maximum intensity near the wavelength of 470 nm.
Assuming the surface of the Sun as a black body, the temperature of the Sun is _______.
(Wien’s constant b = 2.898 × 10−3 mK)
(A) 5800 K (B) 6050 K (C) 6166 K (D) 6500 K
Q.2. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. State Kepler’s law of orbit and law of equal areas.
ii. A car of mass 1500 kg rounds a curve of radius 250m at 90 km/hour. Calculate the centripetal
force acting on it.
iii. Draw a neat labelled diagram for Ferry’s perfectly black body.
iv. A mass M attached to a spring oscillates with a period of 2 seconds. If the mass is increased
by 2 kg, the period increases by 1 second. Find the initial mass, assuming that Hooke’s law is
obeyed.
v. Differentiate between free and forced vibrations.
vi. The surface tension of water at 0 °C is 75.5 dyne/cm. Find surface tension of water at 25 °C.
(α for water = 0.0021/°C)
vii. Derive the relation between surface tension and surface energy per unit area.
viii. A wheel of moment of inertia 1 kgm2 is rotating at a speed of 40 rad/s. Due to friction on the
axis, the wheel comes to rest in 10 minutes. Calculate the angular momentum of the wheel,
two minutes before it comes to rest.
Q.3. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. A particle of mass m, just completes the vertical circular motion. Derive the expression for
the difference in tensions at the highest and the lowest points.

ii. The Earth is rotating with angular velocity ω about its own axis. R is the radius of the Earth.
If Rω2 = 0.03386m/s2, calculate the weight of a body of mass 100 gram at latitude 25°.
(g = 9.8 m/s2)
iii. Derive an expression for kinetic energy, when a rigid body is rolling on a horizontal surface
without slipping. Hence find kinetic energy for a solid sphere.
iv. A steel wire of diameter 1 × 10−3 m is stretched by a force of 20 N. Calculate the strain
energy per unit volume. (Y steel = 2 × 1011 N/m2)
Q.4. Define an ideal simple pendulum. Show that, under certain conditions, simple pendulum performs
linear simple harmonic motion.
A train blows a whistle of frequency 640 Hz in air. Find the difference in apparent frequencies of
the whistle for a stationary observer, when the train moves towards and away from the observer
with the speed of 72 km/hour. (Speed of sound in air = 340 m/s) [7]
OR
Q.4. With a neat labelled diagram, show that all harmonics are present in an air column contained in a
pipe open at both the ends. Define end correction.
Calculate the kinetic energy of 10 gram of Argon molecules at 127 °C.
(Universal gas constant R = 8320 J/k mole K, Atomic weight of Argon = 40) [7]

62
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Physics

SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. In the diffraction pattern due to a single slit of width ‘d’ with incident light of wavelength ‘λ’,
at an angle of diffraction ‘θ’, the condition for first minimum is _______.
(A) λ sin θ = d (B) d cos θ = λ
(C) d sin θ = λ (D) λ cos θ = d
ii. Kirchhoff’s junction law is equivalent to _______.
(A) conservation of energy
(B) conservation of charge
(C) conservation of electric potential
(D) conservation of electric flux
iii. let ‘p’ and ‘E’ denote the linear momentum and energy of emitted photon respectively. If the
wavelength of incident radiation is increased _______.
(A) both p and E increase
(B) p increases and E decreases
(C) p decreases and E increases
(D) both p and E decrease
iv. The nuclei having same number of protons but different number of neutrons are called
_______.
(A) isobars (B) α - particles
(C) isotopes (D) γ - particles
v. In case of transistor oscillator, to obtain sustained oscillations, the product of voltage gain
without feedback and feedback factor should be _______.
(A) zero (B) less than 1
(C) one (D) infinity
vi. The process of regaining of information from carrier wave at the receiver is called _____.
(A) modulation (B) transmission
(C) propagation (D) demodulation
vii. Reactance of a coil is 157 Ω. On connecting the coil across a source of frequency 100 Hz, the
current lags behind e.m.f. by 45°. The inductance of the coil is _______.
(A) 0.25 H (B) 0.5 H
(C) 4 H (D) 314 H
Q.6. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. Draw a neat labelled diagram of a parallel plate capacitor completely filled with dielectric.
ii. A point is situated at 7 cm and 7.2 cm from two coherent sources. Find the nature of
illumination at the point if wavelength of light is 4000 Å.
iii. Obtain the expression for current sensitivity of moving coil galvanometer.
iv. In a cyclotron, magnetic field of 3.5 Wb/m2 is used to accelerate protons. What should be the
time interval in which the electric field between the dees be reversed?
(Mass of proton = 1.67 × 10−27 kg, Charge on proton = 1.6 × 10−19 C).
v. Define magnetization. State its formula and S.I. unit.

63
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS .. Board Question Paper: March 2013
vi. Electrostatic energy of 3.5 × 10−4 J is stored in a capacitor at 700 V. What is the charge on the
capacitor?
vii. What is space wave propagation? State its three components.
viii. Find the value of energy of electron in eV in the third Bohr orbit of hydrogen atom.
(Rydberg’s constant (R) = 1.097 × 107 m−1,
Planck’s constant (h) = 6.63 × 10−34 J – s,
Velocity of light in air (c) = 3 × 108 m/s.)
Q.7. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. With the help of neat labelled circuit diagram explain the working of half wave rectifier using
semiconductor diode. Draw the input and output waveforms.
ii. A cell balances against a length of 200 cm on a potentiometer wire, when it is shunted by a
resistance of 8 Ω. The balancing length reduces by 40 cm, when it is shunted by a resistance
of 4 Ω. Calculate the balancing length when the cell is in open circuit. Also calculate the
internal resistance of the cell.
iii. State the law of radioactive decay. Hence derive the expression N = Noe−λt where symbols
have their usual meanings.
iv. The photoelectric work function for a metal is 4.2 eV. If the stopping potential is 3 V, find the
threshold wavelength and maximum kinetic energy of emitted electrons.
(Velocity of light in air = 3 × 108 m/s,
Planck’s constant = 6.63 × 10−34 J - s,
Charge on electron = 1.6 × 10−19 C)
Q.8. State Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction and Lenz’s law.
Prove theoretically, the relation between e.m.f. induced and rate of change of magnetic flux in a
coil moving in a uniform magnetic field.
A circular coil of 250 turns and diameter 18 cm carries a current of 12 A. What is the magnitude of
magnetic moment moment associated with the coil? [7]
OR
Q.8. On the basis of Huygens’ wave theory of light prove that velocity of light in a rarer medium is
greater than velocity of light in a denser medium.
In Young’s experiment the ratio of intensity at the maxima and minima in the interference pattern is
36:16. What is the ratio of the widths of the two slits? [7]

64
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: October 2013

board question paper: October 2013


Chemistry
Time: 3 Hrs Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answer to both sections should be written in the same answer book.
iii. Figure to the right hand side indicate full marks.
iv. Draw neat, labelled diagrams and write balanced equations wherever necessary.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Answer to every new question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. In Van Arkel method of refining metal, impure zirconium is converted to unstable volatile
compound by heating it with _______.
(A) oxygen (B) chlorine
(C) bromine (D) iodine
ii. The temperature at which vapour pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the atmospheric
pressure is _______.
(A) melting point (B) boiling point
(C) 273 K (D) 373 K
iii. Which of the following parameters are correct for triclinic lattice?
(A) α = β = γ = 90° and a = b = c (B) α ≠ β ≠ γ = 90° and a ≠ b ≠ c
(C) α = γ = 90°, β ≠ 90° and a ≠ b ≠ c (D) α ≠ β ≠ γ ≠ 90° and a ≠ b ≠ c
iv. Which mixture is used for respiration by deep sea divers?
(A) He + O2 (B) Ne + O2
(C) Ar + O2 (D) Kr + O2

v. For the reaction, 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g) in liquid bromine, which of the following rate
equation is INCORRECT?
1 d[N 2 O5 ] 1 d[NO 2 ]
(A) − (B) −
2 dt 4 dt
d[O 2 ] 1 d[NO 2 ]
(C) (D)
dt 4 dt
vi. For a certain reaction, ∆H = − 50 kJ and ∆S = − 80 J K−1, at what temperature does the
reaction turn from spontaneous to non-spontaneous?
(A) 6.25 K (B) 62.5 K
(C) 625 K (D) 6250 K
vii. What is the ratio of volumes of H2 and O2 liberated during electrolysis of acidified water?
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 2 : 1
(C) 1 : 8 (D) 8 : 1

80
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Chemistry
Q.2. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. Calculate ∆H o for the following reaction:
2H3BO3(aq) → B2O3(s) + 3H2O(l)
Given that,
a. H3BO3(aq) → HBO2(aq) + H2O(l), ∆H1o = − 0.02 kJ
b. H2B4O7(s) → 2B2O3(s) + H2O(l), ∆H o2 = 17.3 kJ
c. H2B4O7(s) + H2O(l) → 4HBO2(aq), ∆H o3 = − 11.58 kJ

ii. Calculate molarity and molality of 6.3% solution of nitric acid having density 1.04 g cm−3.
(H = 1, N = 14, O = 16)
iii. What is the action of chlorine (Cl) on the following:
a. Cold and dilute caustic soda
b. Hot and concentrated caustic soda
c. Potassium bromide solution
iv. Calculate the number of atoms present in 2 gram of crystal which has face-centred cubic
(FCC) crystal lattice having edge length of 100 pm and density 10 gcm−3.
Q.3. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. NF3 is possible, but NF5 is not. Why?
ii. State and explain Faraday’s second law of electrolysis.
iii. Describe ‘froth floatation process’ for concentration of sulphide ore.
iv. Distinguish between molecularity and order of reaction.
v. What are the conditions for spontaneous and non-spontaneous reactions in terms of free
energy change? Define entropy.
vi. Draw the structure of H4P2O6 hypophosphoric acid. What is the action of heat on potassium
permanganate?
vii. State Henry’s law. How does solubility of a gas in water varies with the temperature?
viii. What are Schottky defect and Frenkel defect?
Q.4. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. a. Write electrode reaction and net cell reaction for fuel cell. Calculate e.m.f. of the
following cell at 25 °C.
++ ++
Zn (s) | Zn (aq) || Cu (aq) |Cu (s)
0.1M 0.5M

Standard reduction potential (SRP) of Zn and Cu are − 0.76 V and 0.334 V


respectively.
b. Define isotonic solutions.
c. Derive the relation ∆H − ∆U = ∆nRT.
ii. a. Define activation energy. Calculate activation energy for a reaction of which rate
constant becomes four times when temperature changes from 30 °C to 50 °C.
(Given R = 8.314 JK−1 mol−1).
b. Draw a neat, well labelled diagram of electrolytic cell for extraction of aluminium.
c. Write electronic configuration and two uses of neon. (Z = 10).
81
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: October 2013
SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer: [7]
i. When KOH solution is added to potassium dichromate solution the colour of solution
changes to yellow, because _______.
(A) chromate ion changes to dichromate ion
(B) dichromate ion changes to chromate ion
(C) oxidation number of chromium changes from + 6 to + 4
(D) oxidation number of chromium changes from + 4 to +6
ii. But-1-ene on reaction with HCl in the presence of sodium peroxide yields _______.
(A) n-butyl chloride
(B) isobutyl chloride
(C) secondary butyl chloride
(D) tertiary butyl chloride
iii. 3-Methylbutane-2-ol on heating with HI gives _______.
(A) 2-iodo-3-methylbutane (B) 2-iodo-2-methylbutane
(C) 1-iodo-3-methylbutane (D) 1-iodo-2-methylbutane
O
||
iv. IUPAC name of C6H5 − CH2 − C − CH2 − CH2 − CH2 − CH3 is _______.
(A) 1-Phenylhexan-2-one (B) 6-Phenylhexan-5-one
(C) 1-Benzylhexan-5-one (D) Dodecan-5-one
v. Iodoform is used as an _______.
(A) antiseptic (B) antibiotic
(C) insecticide (D) anaesthetic
vi. Stachyose is an example of _______.
(A) monosaccharides (B) disaccharides
(C) trisaccharides (D) tetrasaccharides
vii. The Zieglar-Natta catalyst is used in the preparation of _______.
(A) LDPE (B) PHBV
(C) PAN (D) HDPE
Q.6. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. How is phenol converted into the following?
a. benzene
b. benzoquinone
c. picric acid
ii. Explain the mechanism of aldol addition reaction.
iii. Enlist the properties of glucose that can not be explained on the basis of open chain structure
of it.
iv. How is nitromethane prepared from the following?
a. alkyl halide
b. α-halogen carboxylic acid
c. α-nitroalkene

82
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Chemistry
Q.7. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. How is methoxy benzene prepared from carbolic acid?
ii. State the superiority of crystal field theory over valence bond theory.
iii. How is benzophenone prepared from benzonitrile?
iv. Explain Hoffmann bromamide degradation reaction.
v. What are hormones? State the function of insulin.
vi. How are polymers classified on the basis of polymerisation process?
vii. Describe ‘any two’ chemical methods of food preservation.
viii. Write observed electronic configuration of elements from first transition series having half
filled d-orbitals.
Q.8. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. a. What is lanthanoid contraction? Explain the cause and effects of lanthanoid
contraction.
b. Write the structure of melamine.
c. Explain the mechanism of cleaning action of soap.
ii. a. Explain optical activity of lactic acid.
b. Draw a neat, labelled energy profile diagram for SN1 reaction mechanism.
c. Write applications of co-ordination compounds in medicine and electroplating.
d. Explain the structure of carbonyl functional group.

83
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: October 2013

Board question paper: October 2013


Mathematics and Statistics
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Solution of L.P.P. should be written on graph paper only.
iv. Answers to both the sections should be written in the same answer book.
v. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following: (6) [12]
i. If A = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6}, then which of the following is not true?
(A) ∃ x ∈ A such that x + 3 = 8 (B) ∃ x ∈ A such that x + 2 < 5
(C) ∃ x ∈ A such that x + 2 < 9 (D) ∀ x ∈ A such that x + 6 ≥ 9
ii. If 2x + y = 0 is one of the lines represented by 3x2 + kxy + 2y2 = 0, then the value of k is
1 11
(A) (B)
2 2
5 −11
(C) (D)
2 2
iii. If a line is inclined at 60° and 30° with the X and Y-axes respectively, then the angle which it
makes with Z-axis is
π
(A) 0 (B)
4
π π
(C) (D)
2 6

(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)


1 2 
i. If A =   and AX = I, then find X by using elementary transformations.
3 4 
ii. With usual notations, in ∆ABC, prove that a(b cos C − c cos B) = b2 − c2.
*iii. Show that the equation of a tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 at the point P(x1,y1) on it is
xx1 + yy1 = a2.
*iv. Find k, if the line 2x − 3y + k = 0 touches the ellipse 5x2 + 9y2 = 45.
v. Find the co-ordinates of the point, which divides the line segment joining the points
A(2, − 6, 8) and B(− 1, 3, − 4) externally in the ratio 1 : 3.
Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Using truth table, prove that ~p ∧ q ≡ (p ∨ q) ∧ ~ p
ii. Find the values of p and q, if the following equation represents a pair of perpendicular lines:
px2 − 8xy + 3y2 + 14x + 2y + q = 0.
*iii. Find the equations of tangents to the parabola y2 = 12x from the point (2, 5).

84
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Mathematics
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. The cost of 2 books, 6 notebooks and 3 pens is ` 40. The cost of 3 books, 4 notebooks and 2
pens is ` 35, while the cost of 5 books, 7 notebooks and 4 pens is ` 61. Using this information
and matrix method, find the cost of 1 book, 1 notebook and 1 pen separately.

 1  3 −1  1
ii. Prove that sin−1  −  + cos −1  −  = cos  −  .
 2  2   2

*iii. Show that the product of lengths of perpendicular segments drawn from the foci to any
x2 y 2
tangent to the hyperbola − = 1 is equal to 16.
25 16

Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]


i. Construct the new switching circuit for the following circuit with only one switch by
simplifying the given circuit:
S2
S1
S3

L
S′3 S′2 S1

*ii. Find the locus of a point, the tangents from which to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 are mutually
perpendicular.

iii. Find the shortest distance between the lines


x +1 y +1 z +1 x−3 y −5 z −7
= = and = = .
7 −6 1 1 −2 1

(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)


x −1 y + 1 z + 2
i. Find the angle between the line = = and the plane 2x + y − 3z + 4 = 0.
3 2 4

ii. Solve the following L. P. P. graphically:


Minimize Z = 6x + 2y
Subject to
5x + 9y ≤ 90
x+y≥4
y≤8
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0

iii. Find the volume of a tetrahedron whose vertices are

85
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: October 2013
A(−1, 2, 3), B(3, −2, 1), C(2, 1, 3) and D(−1, −2, 4).
SECTION - II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following: (6)[12]
dy
i. If xy = ex−y, then = _____
dx
1+ x log x 1 − log x 1− x
(A) (B) 2
(C) (D)
1 + log x (1 + log x ) 1 + log x 1 + log x

1
ii. ∫ 1 + cos x dx = _______
x x
(A) tan   + c (B) 2 tan   + c
2 2
x x
(C) −cot   + c (D) −2 cot   + c
2 2
iii. If X ~ B (n, p) and E(X) = 12, Var(X) = 4, then the value of n is _______
(A) 3 (B) 48 (C) 18 (D) 36
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
i. Find the equation of tangent to the curve y = 3x2 − x + 1 at P(1, 3).
1
ii. Evaluate: ∫ x ( x − 1) dx
dy
iii. Solve the differential equation y − x = 0.
dx
*iv. In a bivariate data, n = 10, x = 25, y = 30 and ∑ xy = 7900.
Find cov(X, Y).
*v. A random variable X ~ N (0, 1). Find P(X > 0) and P(X < 0).
Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Examine the function for maximum and minimum f(x) = x3 − 9x2 + 24x.
ii. If y = f(x) is a differentiable function of x such that inverse function x = f−1(y) exists, then
dx 1 dy
prove that x is a differentiable function of y and = , where ≠ 0.
dy  dy  dx
 
 dx 
iii. The probability distribution of X, the number of defects per 10 metres of a fabric is given by
x 0 1 2 3 4
P(X = x) 0.45 0.35 0.15 0.03 0.02
Find the variance of X.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
2
dy 1− y
i. If 1 − x 2 + 1 − y 2 = a(x − y), show that = .
dx 1 − x2
dy
ii. Solve the differential equation cos2 x + y = tan x.
dx

86
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Mathematics

iii. Find the area of the region bounded by the curves y2 = 4x and 4x2 + 4y2 = 9 with x ≥ 0.
Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Find the approximate value of tan (1.001).−1

ii. Examine continuity of the function f(x) at x = 0, where


10 x + 7 x − 14 x − 5 x
f(x) = , for x ≠ 0
1 − cos 4 x
10
= , for x = 0
7
iii. The probability that a person who undergoes a kidney operation will be recovered is 0.5. Find
the probability that of the 6 patients who undergo similar operations:
(a) none will recover
(b) half of them will recover.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Prove that:
x a2
∫ a 2 + x 2 dx = a 2 + x2 + logx + x2 + a 2  + c
2 2
*ii. Find the volume of the solid generated, when the area between ellipse 4x2 + 9y2 = 36 and the
chord AB, with A ≡ (3, 0), B ≡ (0, 2), is revolved about X-axis.
*iii. Find Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation between the variables X and Y for the
following data:
X 11 7 9 5 8 6 10
Y 10 8 6 5 9 7 11

87
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: October 2013

Board question paper: October 2013 Physics


Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Derive an expression for the period of motion of a simple pendulum.
On which factors does it depend?

A ballet dancer spins about a vertical axis at 2.5π rad/s with his both arms outstretched. With the
arms folded, the moment of inertia about the same axis of rotation changes by 25%. Calculate the
new speed of rotation in r.p.m. [7]
OR
Q.1. Draw neat labelled diagrams for modes of vibration of an air column in a pipe when it is
a. open at both ends,
b. closed at one end.
Hence derive an expression for fundamental frequency in each case.
A soap bubble of radius 12 cm is blown. Surface tension of soap solution is 30 dyne/cm. Calculate
the work done in blowing the soap bubble. [7]
Q.2. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. In a conical pendulum, a string of length 120 cm is fixed at rigid support and carries a mass
of 150 g at its free end. If the mass is revolved in a horizontal circle of radius 0.2 m around a
vertical axis, calculate tension in the string (g = 9.8 m/s2)
ii. Explain the behaviour of metal wire under increasing load.
iii. Derive an expression for one dimensional simple harmonic progressive wave travelling in the
direction of positive X-axis. Express it in ‘two’ different forms.
iv. The kinetic energy of nitrogen per unit mass at 300 K is 2.5 × 106 J/kg. Find the kinetic energy of
4 kg oxygen at 600 K. (Molecular weight of nitrogen = 28, Molecular weight of oxygen = 32)
Q.3. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. A racing car completes 5 rounds of a circular track in 2 minutes. Find the radius of the track
if the car has uniform centripetal acceleration of π2 m/s2.
ii. A body weighs 4.0 kg-wt on the surface of the Earth. What will be its weight on the surface
1 1
of a plant whose mass is th of the mass of the Earth and radius half   of that of the
8 2
Earth?

76
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics
iii. Define radius of gyration. Explain its physical significance.
iv. A body of mass 1 kg is made to oscillate on a spring of force constant 16 N/m. Calculate:
a. Angular frequency, b. frequency of vibration.
v. Show that the surface tension of a liquid is numerically equal to the surface energy per unit
area.
vi. Explain black body radiation spectrum in terms of wavelength.
vii. ‘g’ is the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the Earth and ‘R’ is the radius of the
Earth.
Show that acceleration due to gravity at height ‘h’ above the surface of the Earth is
2
 R 
gh = g  
 R +h 
viii. In Melde’s experiment, the number of loops on a string changes from 7 to 5 by the addition of
0.015 kgwt. Find the initial tension applied to the string.
Q.4. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-questions: [7]
i. A planet is revolving around a star in a circular orbit of radius R with a period T. If the
−3
gravitational force between the planet and the star is proportional to R 2 , then
5 −7
(A) T2 ∝ R 2 (B) T2 ∝ R 2
3
(C) T2 ∝ R 2 (D) T2 ∝ R4
L2
ii. If ‘L’ is the angular momentum and ‘I’ is the moment of inertia of a rotating body, then
2I
represents its _______.
(A) rotational P.E. (B) total energy
(C) rotational K.E. (D) translational K.E.
iii. A particle executing linear S.H.M. has velocities v1 and v2 at distances x1 and x2 respectively
from the mean position. The angular velocity of the particle is _______.
x12 − x 22 v 22 − v12
(A) (B)
v 22 − v12 x12 − x 22
x12 + x 22 v 22 + v12
(C) (D)
v 22 + v12 x 22 + x12
iv. A metal rod having coefficient of linear expansion (α) and Young’s modulus (Y) is heated to
raise the temperature by ∆θ. The stress exerted by the rod is _______.
Yα Y∆θ
(A) (B)
∆θ α
α∆θ
(C) Yα∆θ (D)
Y
v. A big drop of radius R is formed from 1000 droplets of water. The radius of a droplet will be
_______.
R
(A) 10 R (B)
10
R R
(C) (D)
100 1000

77
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: October 2013
vi. Apparent frequency of the sound heard by a listener is less than the actual frequency of sound
emitted by source. In this case _______.
(A) listener moves towards source.
(B) source moves towards listener.
(C) listener moves away from the source.
(D) source and listener move towards each other.
vii. The substance which allows heat radiations to pass through is _______.
(A) iron (B) water vapour
(C) wood (D) dry air
SECTION − II
Q.5. Obtain an expression for the induced e.m.f. in a coil rotating with uniform angular velocity in
uniform magnetic field. Plot a graph of variation of induced e.m.f. against phase (θ = ωt) over one
cycle.
The energy density at a point in a medium of dielectric constant 6 is 26.55 × 106 J/m3. Calculate
electric field intensity at that point. (ε0 = 8.85 × 10−12 SI units). [7]
OR
Q.5. Write notes on −
a. Nuclear fission b. Nuclear fusion
A galvanometer has a resistance of 16 Ω. It shows full scale deflection, when a current of 20 mA is
passed through it. The only shunt resistance available is 0.06 Ω which is not appropriate to convert
a galvanometer into an ammeter. How much resistance should be connected in series with the coil
of galvanometer, so that the range of ammeter is 8 A? [7]
Q.6. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. Draw a well labelled diagram of photoelectric cell.
Explain the observations made by Hertz and Lenard about the phenomenon of photoelectric
emission.
ii. Explain the working of transistor as a switch.
iii. The refractive indices of water for red and violet colours are 1.325 and 1.334 respectively.
Find the difference between the velocities of rays for these two colours in water.
(c = 3 × 108 m/s)
iv. In Young’s experiment, the ratio of intensity at the maxima and minima in an interference
pattern is 36 : 9. What will be the ratio of the intensities of two interfering waves?
Q.7. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. Explain the principle of potentiometer.
ii. What is −
a. magnetization and b. magnetic intensity?
iii. What do you mean by polar molecules and non-polar molecules? Give ‘one’ example each.
iv. The minimum angular separation between two stars is 4 × 10−6 rad, if telescope is used to
observe them with an objective of aperture 16 cm. Find the wavelength of light used.
v. Explain the need for modulation related to the size of antenna (aerial).
vi. Four resistances 4 Ω, 8 Ω, X Ω and 6 Ω are connected in a series so as to form Wheatstone’s
network. If the network is balanced, find the value of ‘X’.
vii. The magnetic susceptibility of annealed iron at saturation is 4224. Find the permeability of
annealed iron at saturation. (µ0 = 4π × 10−7 SI unit)

78
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics
Q.8. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
questions: [7]
i. A ray of light passes from a vacuum to a medium of refractive index (µ). The angle of
incidence is found to be twice the angle of refraction. The angle of incidence is _______.
µ
(A) cos−1   (B) cos−1(µ)
2
µ µ
(C) 2 cos−1   (D) 2 sin−1  
2 2
ii. The fringes produced in diffraction pattern are of _______.
(A) equal width with same intensity
(B) unequal width with varying intensity
(C) equal intensity
(D) equal width with varying intensity
iii. If ‘R’ is the radius of dees and ‘B’ be the magnetic field of induction in which positive
charges (q) of mass (m) escape from the cyclotron, then its maximum speed (vmax) is
_______.
qR qm
(A) (B)
Bm BR
qBR m
(C) (D)
m qBR
iv. The number of photoelectrons emitted _______.
(A) varies inversely with frequency
(B) varies directly with frequency
(C) varies inversely with intensity
(D) varies directly with intensity
v. The width of depletion region of p-n junction diode is _______.
(A) 0.5 nm to 1 nm (B) 5 nm to 10 nm
(C) 50 nm to 500 nm (D) 500 nm to 1000 nm
vi. A device that converts one form of energy into another form is termed as _______.
(A) transducer (B) transmitter
(C) amplifier (D) receiver
vii. A transformer converts 240 V AC to 60 V AC. The secondary has 75 turns. The number of
turns in primary are _______.
(A) 600 (B) 500
(C) 400 (D) 300

79
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Chemistry

board question paper: march 2014


Chemistry
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answer to the two sections are to be written in the same answer book.
iii. Figure to the right hand side indicate full marks.
iv. Write balanced chemical equations and draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Every new question must be started on a new page.
vi. Use of logarithmic table is allowed

SECTION – I
Q.1. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. What is ‘boiling point’?
Derive a relation between ∆H and ∆U for a chemical reaction.
Draw neat labelled diagram of calomel electrode.
Resistance and conductivity of a cell containing 0.001 M KCl solution at 298 K are 1500 Ω
and 1.46 × 10−4 S. cm−1 respectively. What is the cell constant?
ii. Write molecularity of the following reaction:
2NO(g) + O2 (g) → 2NO2 (g)
What is ‘calcination’? How does it differ from ‘roasting’?
Write resonating structures of ozone.
The decomposition of N2O5(g) at 320 K according to the following equation follows first order
reaction:
1
N2O5(g) → 2NO2(g) + O2(g)
2
The initial concentration of N2O5(g) is 1.24 × 10–2 mol. L–1 and after 60 minutes, 0.20 × 10–2
mol. L–1. Calculate the rate constant of the reaction at 320 K.
Q.2. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. One mole of a gas expands by 3 L against a constant pressure of 3 atmosphere. Calculate the
work done in:
a. L. atmosphere
b. Joules
c. Calories
ii. Calculate the amount of CaCl2 (van’t Hoff factor i = 2.47) dissolved in 2.5 L solution so that
its osmotic pressure at 300 K is 0.75 atmosphere.
Given: Molar mass of CaCl2 is 111 g. mol–1.
R = 0.082 L. atm. K–1 mol–1
iii. Describe anomalous behaviour of fluorine with the other elements of group 17 with reference
to:
a. Hydrogen bonding
b. Oxidation state
c. Polyhalide ions

95
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: March 2014
iv. Face centred cubic crystal lattice of copper has density of 8.966 g. cm–3. Calculate the volume
of the unit cell.
Given: Molar mass of copper is 63.5 g. mol–1 and Avogadro number NA is 6.022 × 1023 mol–1.
Q.3. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. What is the action of the following reagents on ammonia:
a. Nessler’s reagent
b. Sodium metal
ii. State the first and second law of electrolysis.
iii. Draw neat and labelled diagram of Bessemer converter used in the extraction of copper.
iv. Derive the relation between half-life period and rate constant for first order reaction.
v. Derive the relation between ∆G° and equilibrium constant (K) for the reaction,
aA + bB cC + dD.
vi. Explain brown ring test with the help of chemical equation.
vii. Explain, why do aquatic animals prefer to stay at lower level of water during summer?
viii. Distinguish between:
Crystalline solids and Amorphous solids.
Q.4. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the alternatives given below each
sub-question: [7]
i. To prepare n-type semiconductor, the impurity to be added to silicon should have the
following number of valence electrons _______.
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5
ii. Number of faradays of electricity required to liberate 12 g of hydrogen is _______.
(A) 1 (B) 8
(C) 12 (D) 16
iii. What is molecular formula of oleum?
(A) H2SO3 (B) H2SO4
(C) H2S2O7 (D) H2S2O8
iv. Purification of aluminium by electrolytic refining is carried out by _______.
(A) Hoope process (B) Hall Process
(C) Baeyer process (D) Serperck process
v. The rate of reaction for certain reaction is expressed as:
1 d [A] 1 d [ B] d [C]
=– =–
3 dt 2 dt dt
The reaction is _______.
(A) 3A → 2B + C (B) 2B → 3A + C
(C) 2B + C → 3A (D) 3A + 2B → C
vi. A system absorbs 640 J heat and does work of 260 J, the change in internal energy of the
system will be _______.
(A) + 380 J (B) – 380 J
(C) + 900 J (D) – 900 J
vii. Which of the following is ‘not’ a colligative property?
(A) Vapour pressure (B) Depression in freezing point
(C) Elevation in boiling point (D) Osmotic pressure

96
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Chemistry

SECTION – II
Q.5. Answer any ONE: [7]
i. Write the structural formula and IUPAC names of all possible isomers of the compound with
molecular formula C3H8O.
Write ‘two’ uses of phenol.
What happens when glucose is treated with:
a. Bromine water
b. Dilute nitric acid
c. Hydrogen cyanide (HCN)
ii. Write the molecular formula and structural formula of BHA and BHT.
What are thermoplastic polymers?
Write a note on aldol condensation.
Q.6. Answer any THREE: [9]
i. What is the action of the following reagents on aniline?
a. Bromine water
b. Acetic anhydride
c. Hot and conc. sulphuric acid
ii. Discuss the optical activity of lactic acid.
iii. Write balanced chemical equations for action of potassium permanganate on:
a. Hydrogen
b. Warm conc. sulphuric acid
Explain why Mn2+ ion is more stable than Mn3+ ?
(Given: Mn → Z = 25)
iv. What is effective atomic number (EAN)?
Calculate EAN of cobalt (Z = 27) in [Co(NH3)6]+3 and of zinc (Z = 30) in [Zn(NH3)4]SO4.
Q.7. Answer any SIX: [12]
i. What is a ‘soap’? How is it prepared?
ii. Identify the compounds ‘A’ and ‘B’ in the following equation:
423− 600K Sn /conc.HCl
CH3 – CH3 + HNO3  → ‘A’  → ‘B’ + H2O
iii. Write a note on self oxidation-reduction reaction of aldehyde with suitable example.
iv. Write names and chemical formulae of monomers used in preparing Buna–S.
v. Define complex lipids. Mention ‘two’ functions of lipids.
vi. Distinguish between SN1 and SN2 mechanisms.
vii. What are lanthanoids? What is the position of actinoids in periodic table?
viii. How is methoxyethane prepared from:
a. Methyl iodide
b. Diazomethane

97
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: March 2014
Q.8. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. IUPAC name of K4[Fe(CN)6] is _______.
(A) tetrapotassium ferrocyanide (B) potassium ferricyanide
(C) potassium ferrocyanide (D) potassium hexacyanoferrate
ii. Carbon atom in methyl carbocation contains how many pairs of electrons?
(A) 8 (B) 4
(C) 3 (D) 5
iii. How many moles of acetic anhydride will be required to form glucose pentaacetate from 2 M
of glucose?
(A) 2 (B) 5
(C) 10 (D) 2.5
iv. Identify the weakest base amongst the following _______.
(A) p-methoxyaniline (B) o-toluidine
(C) benzene-1,4-diamine (D) 4-aminobenzoic acid
v. Bakelite is the polymer of _______.
(A) Benzaldehyde and phenol (B) Acetaldehyde and phenol
(C) Formaldehyde and phenol (D) Formaldehyde and benzyl alcohol
vi. Formalin is 40% aqueous solution of _______.
(A) Methanal (B) Methanoic acid
(C) Methanol (D) Methanamine
vii. Which among the following pairs of elements is ‘not’ an example of chemical twins?
(A) Zr and Hf (B) Nb and Ta
(C) Mo and W (D) Ta and Re

98
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Mathematics

Board question paper: March 2014


Mathematics and Statistics
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Solution of L.P.P. should be written on graph paper only.
iv. Answers to both the sections should be written in the same answer book.
v. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following:
(6) [12]
i. Which of the following represents direction cosines of the line?
1 1 − 3 1
(A) 0, , (B) 0, ,
2 2 2 2
3 1 1 1 1
(C) 0, , (D) , ,
2 2 2 2 2
1 2
ii. A=  and A (adj A) = KI, then the value of ‘K’ is _______.
3 4 
(A) 2 (B) −2
(C) 10 (D) − 10
iii. The general solution of the trigonometric equation tan2θ = 1 is _______.
π π
(A) θ = nπ ± , n ∈ Z (B) θ = nπ ± , n ∈ Z
3 6
π
(C) θ = nπ ± , n ∈ Z (D) θ = nπ, n ∈ Z
4
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
i. If a , b , c are the position vectors of the points A, B, C respectively and 2 a + 3 b − 5 c = 0 ,
then find the ratio in which the point C divides the line segment AB.
x −6 y +4 z −5
ii. The cartesian equation of a line is = = , find its vector equation.
2 7 3

iii. ( )
Equation of a plane is r ⋅ 3iˆ − 4ˆj + 12kˆ = 8. Find the length of the perpendicular from the
origin to the plane.
iv. Find the acute angle between the lines whose direction ratios are 5, 12, − 13 and 3, − 4, 5.

v. Write the dual of the following statements:


a. (p ∨ q) ∧ T
b. Madhuri has curly hair and brown eyes.

99
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: March 2014
Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6) [14]
x − 1 y +1 z − 1 x−3 y −k z
i. If the lines = = and = = intersect, then find the value of k.
2 3 4 1 2 1

ii. Prove that three vectors a , b and c are coplanar, if and only if, there exists a non-zero linear
combination x a + y b + z c = 0 .
iii. Using truth table, prove that
∼ p ∧ q ≡ (p ∨ q) ∧ ∼ p.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. In any ∆ABC, with usual notations, prove that
b2 = c2 + a2 − 2ca cos B.

ii. Show that the equation x2 − 6xy + 5y2 + 10x − 14y + 9 = 0 represents a pair of lines. Find the
acute angle between them. Also find the point of intersection of the lines.
iii. Express the following equations in the matrix form and solve them by the method of
reduction:
2x − y + z = 1, x + 2y + 3z = 8, 3x + y − 4z = 1.
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6) [14]
i. Prove that a homogeneous equation of degree two in x and y (i.e., ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0),
represents a pair of lines through the origin if h2 − ab ≥ 0.
ii. Find the symbolic form of the following switching circuit, construct its switching table and
interpret it.

S1

S′2

S1′ S2

iii. If A, B, C, D are (1, 1, 1), (2, 1, 3), (3, 2, 2), (3, 3, 4) respectively, then find the volume of the
parallelopiped with AB, AC and AD as the concurrent edges.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Find the equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of the planes
x +1 y+3 z−3
2x − y + z = 3, 4x − 3y + 5z + 9 = 0 and parallel to the line = = .
2 4 5
ii. Minimize: Z = 6x + 4y
Subject to: 3x + 2y ≥ 12,
x + y ≥ 5,
0 ≤ x ≤ 4,
0 ≤ y ≤ 4.

4  12   33 
iii. Show that: cos−1   + cos−1   = cos−1   .
5  13   65 

100
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Mathematics

SECTION – II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following: (6)[12]
dy π
i. If y = 1 − cos θ, x = 1 − sin θ, then at θ = is
dx 4
(A) −1 (B) 1
1 1
(C) (D)
2 2
ii. The integrating factor of linear differential equation
dy
+ y sec x = tan x is
dx
(A) sec x − tan x (B) sec x ⋅ tan x
(C) sec x + tan x (D) sec x ⋅ cot x

iii. The equation of tangent to the curve y = 3x2 − x + 1 at the point (1, 3) is
(A) y = 5x + 2 (B) y = 5x − 2
1 1
(C) y = x + 2 (D) y = x − 2
5 5
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
i. Examine the continuity of the function
f(x) = sin x − cos x, for x ≠ 0
= −1 , for x = 0
at the point x = 0.
ii. Verify Rolle’s theorem for the function
f(x) = x2 − 5x + 9 on [1, 4].

iii. ∫
Evaluate: secn x ⋅ tan x dx

iv. The probability mass function (p.m.f.) of X is given below:


X=x 1 2 3
1 2 2
P(X = x)
5 5 5
Find E(X2).
v. Given that X ∼ B (n = 10, p). If E (X) = 8, find the value of p.
Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. If y = f(u) is a differentiable function of u and u = g(x) is a differentiable function of x, then
dy dy du
prove that y = f[g(x)] is a differentiable function of x and = ⋅ ⋅
dx du dx
ii. Obtain the differential equation by eliminating the arbitrary constants A, B from the equation:
y = A cos (log x) + B sin (log x)
x2
iii. Evaluate: ∫ ( x 2 + 2 )( 2 x 2 + 1) dx
101
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: March 2014
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. An open box is to be made out of a piece of a square cardboard of sides 18 cms by cutting off
equal squares from the corners and turning up the sides. Find the maximum volume of the
box.
2a a a
ii. Prove that: ∫ f ( x)dx = ∫ f ( x)dx + ∫ f (2a − x)dx
0 0 0

iii. If the function f(x) is continuous in the interval [−2, 2], find the values of a and b, where
sin ax
f(x) = − 2, for −2 ≤ x < 0
x
= 2x + 1, for 0 ≤ x ≤ 1
= 2b x 2 + 3 − 1 , for 1 < x ≤ 2
Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
2 2
dy y+ x + y
i. Solve the differential equation: = .
dx x
ii. A fair coin is tossed 8 times. Find the probability that it shows heads at least once.
dy y
iii. If xpyq = (x + y)p+q, then prove that = .
dx x
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Find the area of the sector of a circle bounded by the circle x2 + y2 = 16 and the line y = x in
the first quadrant.
ii. Prove that:
x 2 a2
∫ x 2 − a 2 dx =
2
x − a 2 − log x + x 2 − a 2 + c
2
iii. A random variable X has the following probability distribution:
X=x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
P[X = x] k 3k 5k 7k 9k 11k 13k
a. Find k.
b. Find P(0 < X < 4).
c. Obtain cumulative distribution function (c.d.f.) of X.

102
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Physics

BOARD QUESTION PAPER: MARCH 2014


PHYSICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Attempt any SIX : [12]
i. Explain the rise of liquid in the capillary on the basis of pressure difference.
ii. Show graphical representation of energy distribution spectrum of perfectly black body.
iii. The escape velocity of a body from the surface of the earth is 11.2 km/s. If a satellite were to
orbit close to the surface, what would be its critical velocity?
iv. A pipe which is open at both ends is 47 cm long and has an inner diameter 5 cm. If the speed
of sound in air is 348 m/s, calculate the fundamental frequency of air column in that pipe.
v. Show that R.M.S. velocity of gas molecules is directly proportional to square root of its
absolute temperature.
→ → →
vi. For a particle performing uniform circular motion v = ω × r obtain an expression for linear
acceleration of the particle performing non-uniform circular motion.
vii. A stone of mass 1 kg is whirled in horizontal circle attached at the end of a 1 m long string. If
the string makes an angle of 30° with vertical, calculate the centripetal force acting on the
stone. (g = 9.8 m/s2).
viii. A solid cylinder of uniform density of radius 2 cm has mass of 50 g. If its length is 12 cm,
calculate its moment of inertia about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to
its length.
Q.2. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. Derive an expression for acceleration due to gravity at depth ‘d’ below the earth’s surface.
ii. A copper metal cube has each side of length 1 m. The bottom edge of the cube is fixed and
tangential force 4.2 × 108 N is applied to a top surface. Calculate the lateral displacement of
the top surface if modulus of rigidity of copper is 14 × 1010 N/m2.
iii. State an expression for K.E. (kinetic energy) and P.E. (potential energy) at displacement ‘x’
for a particle performing linear S.H.M. Represent them graphically. Find the displacement at
which K.E. is equal to P.E.

 x
iv. The equation of simple harmonic progressive wave is given by y = 0.05 sin π  20t −  , where
 6
all quantities are in S. I. units. Calculate the displacement of a particle at 5 m from origin and
at the instant 0.1 second.

91
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: March 2014
Q.3. State and prove the theorem of ‘parallel axes’.
Calculate the density of paraffin oil, if glass capillary of diameter 0.25 mm dipped in paraffin oil of
surface tension 0.0245 N/m rises to a height of 4 cm.
(Angle of contact of paraffin with glass = 28° and acceleration due to gravity = 9.8 m/s2.) [7]
OR
Q.3. A wire of density ‘ρ’ and Young’s modulus ‘Y’ is stretched between two rigid supports separated
by a distance ‘L’ under tension ‘T’. Derive an expression for its frequency in fundamental mode.
1 Yl
Hence show that n = , where symbols have their usual meanings.
2L ρL

When the length of a simple pendulum is decreased by 20 cm, the period changes by 10%. Find the
original length of the pendulum. [7]
Q.4. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. The bulging of earth at the equator and flattening at the poles is due to _______.
(A) centripetal force (B) centrifugal force
(C) gravitational force (D) electrostatic force
ii. Young’s modulus of material of wire is ‘Y’ and strain energy per unit volume is ‘E’, then the
strain is
Y E 2E
(A) (B) (C) (D) 2EY
2E Y Y
iii. The wavelength range of thermal radiation is
(A) from 4000 Å to 7000 Å (B) from 7700 Å to 4 × 106 Å
6 8
(C) from 10 Å to 10 Å (D) from 4 × 10−12 Å to 4 × 108 Å
iv. A pipe open at both ends resonates to a frequency ‘n1’ and a pipe closed at one end resonates
to a frequency ‘n2’. If they are joined to form a pipe closed at one end, then the fundamental
frequency will be ______.
n 1n 2 2n 2 n1
(A) (B)
2n 2 + n1 2n 2 + n1
2n 2 n1 n 2 + 2n1
(C) (D)
n1 + n 2 n 1n 2

v. The phase difference between displacement and acceleration of a particle performing S.H.M.
is _______.
π 3π
(A) rad (B) π rad (C) 2π rad (D) rad
2 2
vi. Let n1 and n2 be the two slightly different frequencies of two sound waves. The time interval
between waxing and immediate next waning is ______.
1 2 n1 − n 2 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
n1 − n 2 n1 − n 2 2 2(n1 − n 2 )

vii. A metal ball cools from 64 °C to 50 °C in 10 minutes and to 42 °C in next 10 minutes. The
ratio of rates of fall of temperature during the two intervals is _______.
4 7
(A) (B)
7 4
(C) 2 (D) 2.5

92
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Physics

SECTION – II
Q.5. Attempt any SIX : [12]
evr
i. Show that the orbital magnetic dipole moment of a revolving electron is .
2
ii. Describe the construction of photoelectric cell.
iii. For a glass plate as a polariser with refractive index l.633, calculate the angle of incidence at
which light is polarised.
iv. The susceptibility of magnesium at 300 K is 2.4 × 10−5. At what temperature will the
susceptibility increase to 3.6 × 10−5?
v. Draw a neat labelled diagram for Davisson and Germer experiment, for diffraction of electron
wave.
vi. Explain the terms : (a) Transmitter and (b) receiver in communication system.
1
vii. A metal rod m long rotates about one of its ends perpendicular to a plane whose
π
magnetic induction is 4 × 10−3 T. Calculate the number of revolutions made by the rod per
second if the e.m.f. induced between the ends of the rod is 16 mV.
viii. Find the wave number of a photon having energy of 2.072 eV.
Given : Charge on electron = 1.6 × 10−19 C,
Velocity of light in air = 3 × 108 m/s,
Planck’s constant = 6.63 × 10−34 J-s.
Q.6. Attempt any THREE : [9]
i. State Ampere’s circuital law. Obtain an expression for magnetic induction along the axis of
toroid.
ii. Calculate the radius of second Bohr orbit in hydrogen atom from the given data.
Mass of electron = 9.1 × 10−31 kg
Charge on the electron = 1.6 × 10−19 C
Planck’s constant = 6.63 × 10−34 J-s.
Permittivity of free space = 8.85 × 10−12 C2/Nm2
iii. Explain the working of P-N junction diode in forward and reverse biased mode.
iv. A network of four capacitors of 6 µF each is connected to a 240 V supply. Determine the
charge on each capacitor.
6 µF

C2

6 µF C1 C3 6 µF

C4

6 µF

240 V

93
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Board Question Paper: March 2014
Q.7. Describe biprism experiment to find the wavelength of monochromatic light. Draw the necessary
ray diagram for magnified and diminished images of virtual sources.
If the difference in velocities of light in glass and water is 2.7 × 107 m/s, find the velocity of light in
air.
(Refractive index of glass = 1.5, Refractive index of water = 1.333) [7]
OR
Q.7. State the principle of a transformer. Explain its construction and working. Derive an expression for
the ratio of e.m.f.s in terms of number of turns in primary and secondary coil.
Two diametrically opposite points of a metal ring are connected to two terminals of the left gap of
metre bridge. The resistance of 11 Ω is connected in right gap. If null point is obtained at a distance
of 45 cm from the left end, find the resistance of metal ring. [7]
Q.8. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. Intensity of electric field at a point close to and outside a charged conducting cylinder is
proportional to ______.
(r is the distance of a point from the axis of cylinder)
1 1
(A) (B)
r r2
1
(C) (D) r3
r3
ii. When a hole is produced in P-type semiconductor, there is _______.
(A) extra electron in valence band
(B) extra electron in conduction band
(C) missing electron in valence band
(D) missing electron in conduction band
iii. The outermost layer of the earth’s atmosphere is _______.
(A) stratosphere (B) mesosphere
(C) troposphere (D) ionosphere
iv. Accuracy of potentiometer can be easily increased by _______.
(A) increasing resistance of wire (B) decreasing resistance of wire
(C) increasing the length of wire (D) decreasing the length of wire
v. When electron in hydrogen atom jumps from second orbit to first orbit, the wavelength of
radiation emitted is λ. When electron jumps from third orbit to first orbit, the wavelength of
emitted radiation would be _______.
27 32
(A) λ (B) λ
32 27
2 3
(C) λ (D) λ
3 2
vi. An ideal voltmeter has _______.
(A) low resistance (B) high resistance
(C) infinite resistance (D) zero resistance
vii. The resolving power of telescope of aperture 100 cm for light of wavelength 5.5 × 10−7 m is
_______.
(A) 0.149 × 10+7 (B) 1.49 × 10+7
+7
(C) 14.9 × 10 (D) 149 × 10+7

94
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper: October

board question paper: October 2014


Chemistry
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to both sections should be written in the same answer book.
iii. Figure to the right hand side indicate full marks.
iv. Draw neat, labelled diagrams and write balanced equations wherever necessary.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Answer to every new question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. The Arrhenius equation is _______.
RT − Ea
(A) K = Ae Ea (B) A = Ke RT
− RT Ea
Ea
(C) K = A ⋅e (D) A = K⋅e RT

ii. If the enthalpy of vaporisation of water at 100 °C is 186.5 J mol–1, the entropy of vaporization
will be _______.
(A) 4.0 J K–1 mol–1 (B) 3.0 J K–1 mol–1
(C) 1.5 J K–1 mol–1 (D) 0. 5 J K–1 mol–1
iii. The atomicity of sulphur in orthorhombic sulphur is _______.
(A) 8 (B) 6
(C) 4 (D) 2
iv. The major binding force in diamond is _______.
(A) covalent bond (B) ionic bond
(C) metallic bond (D) co-ordinate covalent bond
v. The boiling point of water at high altitude is low, because _______.
(A) the temperature is low
(B) the atmospheric pressure is low
(C) the temperature is high
(D) the atmospheric pressure is high
vi. The molar conductivity of cation and anion of salt BA are 180 and 220 mhos respectively.
The molar conductivity of salt BA at infinite dilution is _______.
(A) 90 mhos cm2 mol–1 (B) 110 mhos cm2 mol–1
(C) 200 mhos cm2 mol–1 (D) 400 mhos cm2 mol–1
vii. What is the process in which concentrated ore is reduced to the corresponding metal by
heating at high temperature with a reducing agent?
(A) Polling (B) Pyrometallurgy
(C) Hydrometallurgy (D) Calcination

110
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Chemistry
Q.2. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. Describe anomalous behaviour of oxygen as compared with other elements of group 16 with
reference to:
a. magnetic property
b. oxidation state
c. hydrides
ii. What is the value of ∆Ssurr. for the following reaction at 298 K?
6CO2(g) + 6H2O(l) → C6H12O6(s) + 6O2(g)
Given that : ∆G° = 2879 kJ mol–1
∆S = –210 J K–1 mol–1
iii. Sucrose decomposes in acid solution to give glucose and fructose according to the first order
rate law. The half life of the reaction is 3 hours. Calculate fraction of sucrose which will
remain after 8 hours.
iv. A solution containing 0.73 g of camphor (molar mass 152 g mol–1) in 36.8 g of acetone (boiling
point 56.3 °C) boils at 56.55 °C. A solution of 0.564 g of unknown compound in the same
weight of acetone boils at 56.46 °C. Calculate the molar mass of the unknown compound.
Q.3. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Describe triclinic crystal lattice with the help of a diagram.
ii. Write any four applications of electrochemical series.
iii. State and explain Hess’s law of constant heat summation.
iv. Distinguish between:
Order and Molecularity of reaction.
v. With the help of the equation ∆G° = – nFE οcell explain that cell potential is an intensive
property.
vi. Describe the laboratory method of preparation of ammonia.
vii. Define van’t Hoff factor. How is it related to the degree of dissociation?
viii. Write chemical formulae of the following ores:
a. Calamine
b. Haematite
c. Magnetite
d. Corundum
Q.4. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. Write the reactions involved in extraction of silver from its ore by leaching process.
Derive the equation : W = – Pext⋅∆V
A unit cell of iron crystal has edge length 288 pm and density 7.86 g cm–3. Find the number
of atoms per unit cell and type of the crystal lattice.
Given: Molar mass of iron = 56 g mol–1
Avogadro’s number NA = 6.022 × 1023
ii. Define : Cryoscopic constant.
What is the action of hot/concentrated nitric acid on:
a. Arsenic
b. Antimony

111
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper: October
Draw the structure of:
a. Orthophosphoric acid
b. Pyrophosphoric acid
How much electricity in terms of Faraday is required to produce:
a. 20 g of Ca from molten CaCl2
b. 40 g of Al from molten Al2O3
(Given : Molar mass of calcium and aluminium are 40 g mol–1 and 27 g mol–1 respectively.)

SECTION − II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answers from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. Which of the following is a trihydric alcohol?
(A) n-Propyl alcohol
(B) Glycerol
(C) Glycol
(D) Glycine
ii. Alkyl halides are _______.
(A) monohalogen derivatives of alkanes
(B) dihalogen derivatives of alkanes
(C) trihalogen derivatives of alkanes
(D) tetrahalogen derivatives of alkanes
iii. Mohr’s salt is _______.
(A) ferrous ammonium sulphate (B) ferrous sulphate
(C) ammonium sulphate (D) ferric sulphate
iv. Which of the following is polyamide?
(A) Teflon (B) Nylon-6,6
(C) Terylene (D) Bakelite
v. Vitamin ‘C’ belongs to the class of _______.
(A) vitamins of aliphatic series
(B) vitamins of alicyclic series
(C) vitamins of aromatic series
(D) vitamins of heterocyclic series
O

vi. What is the IUPAC name of


OH
NH2
(A) α-Aminobutanoic acid
(B) 2-Aminobutyric acid
(C) α-Aminobutyric acid
(D) 2-Aminobutanoic acid
vii. Which among the following molecular formulae represents urotropine?
(A) C6H12N4
(B) C6H24H4
(C) C6H12N4O2
(D) C6H24N4O2

112
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Chemistry
Q.6. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. Write the structures of:
a. 3-Chloro-3-ethylhex-1-ene b. 1-Iodo-2,3-dimethylbutane
c. 1,3,5-Tribromobenzene
ii. What is the action of acidified potassium dichromate on:
a. SO2 b. KI
Draw structure of dichromate ion.
iii. Describe laboratory method for preparation of glucose.
Write the reaction that indicates the presence of –CHO group in glucose.
iv. What will be the action of the mixture of sodium nitrite and dilute hydrochloric acid on:
a. ethylamine b. aniline
c. triethylamine
Q.7. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. What are chemical twins? Write ‘two’ examples.
ii. Explain the terms:
a. Antiseptics b. Analgesics
iii. Draw the simple Fischer projection formulae of:
D – (+) – glucose and D – (–) – fructose.
iv. Classify the following ligands into monodentate and polydentate:
a. Ammonia b. Carbon monoxide
c. Ethylene diamine d. Ethylene diamine tetra acetate ion
v. State and explain Markownikoff’s rule with suitable example.
vi. How are propan-1-amine and propan-2-amine prepared from oxime?
vii. Identify ‘A’ and ‘B’ in the following reaction:
Dry ether PCl5
C6H5MgBr + CO2 
+ → ‘A’  → ‘B’
H /H 2O

viii. What is the action of the following reagents on phenol:


a. Bromine in CS2 at low temperature
b. Conc. H2SO4 at room temperature
Q.8. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. Write the structure and IUPAC names of all the metamers represented by formula C4H10O.
Write balanced chemical equations for action of ammonia on:
a. formaldehyde
b. acetaldehyde
c. acetone
ii. Write four characteristics of co-ordinate complex ion.
How is Nylon-6,6 prepared?
Write any ‘two’ uses of terylene.
Write four physical methods of preserving food materials.

113
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS .. Board Question Paper: October 2014

Board question paper: October 2014


Mathematics and Statistics
Time: 3 Hours. Total Marks: 80
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Solution of L.P.P. should be written on graph paper only.
iv. Answers to both the sections should be written in the same answer book.
v. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following
sub-questions: (6) [12]
b×c c×a a×b
i. If a b c  ≠ 0 and p = , q= , r= , then a.p + b.q + c.r
a b c  a b c  a b c 
     
is equal to
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
2 0 0 
ii. The inverse of the matrix  0 1 0  is
 0 0 −1
1   1 
2 0 0  − 2 0 0
(A)   (B)  
0 1 0   0 −1 0 
 0 0 −1  0 0 −1
  
 −1 0 0
   1 
− 0 0
 0 −1 0 1 2
(C)  2  (D) −  
2 0 −1 0 
 1
0   0 0 1 
0 
 2
iii. Direction cosines of the line passing through the points
A(−4, 2, 3) and B(1, 3, –2) are
1 5 1 5 1 −5
(A) ± ,± ,± (B) ± ,± ,±
51 51 51 51 51 51
(C) ± 5, ± 1, ± 5 (D) ± 51 , ± 51 , ± 51
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
i. Write truth values of the following statements:
a. 5 is an irrational number but 3 + 5 is a complex number
b. ∃n∈N such that n + 5 > 10
ii. If c = 3a − 2b, then prove that a b c  = 0

114
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS .. Mathematics
iii. Find the vector equation of the plane which is at a distance of 5 units from the origin and
which is normal to the vector 2iˆ + ˆj + 2kˆ .
iv. The Cartesian equations of the line are:
3x + 1 = 6y – 2 = 1 – z.
Find its equation in vector form.
v. Find the direction ratios of a vector perpendicular to the two lines whose direction ratios are
−2, 1, –1 and –3, –4, 1.
Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6) [14]
i. Using truth table, prove the following logical equivalence (p ∧ q) → r ≡ p → (q → r).
ii. Find the joint equation of the pair of lines through the origin each of which is making an angle
of 30° with the line 3x + 2y – 11 = 0.

Show that 2sin−1   = tan−1   .


3 24
iii.
5  7 
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Solve the following equations by the method of reduction:
2x – y + z = 1, x + 2y + 3z = 8, 3x + y − 4z = 1.
ii. Show that volume of parallelopiped with coterminous edges as a , b and c is a b c  ,
hence find the volume of the parallelopiped whose coterminous edges are ˆi + ˆj, ˆj + k,
ˆ kˆ + ˆi .

iii. Solve the following LPP by using graphical method.


Maximize: Z = 6x + 4y,
Subject to x ≤ 2, x + y ≤ 3, −2x + y ≤ 1, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0.
Also find maximum value of Z.
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6) [14]
i. In ∆ABC with usual notations, prove that

{ C
2 a sin 2 + csin 2
2
A
2 }
= (a + c − b)

ii. If p : It is a day time, q : It is warm, write the compound statements in verbal form denoted
by−
a. p ∧ ~q
b. ~p → q
c. q↔p
x −1 y +1 z −1 x−3 y −k z
iii. If the lines = = and = = intersect each other, then find the value
2 3 4 1 2 1
of k.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Parametric form of the equation of the plane is
( ) ( )
r = 2iˆ + kˆ + λˆi + µ ˆi + 2jˆ − 3kˆ .
λ and µ are parameters. Find normal to the plane and hence equation of the plane in normal
form. Write its cartesian form.
ii. If the angle between the lines represented by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 is equal to the angle
between the lines 2x2 – 5xy + 3y2 = 0, then show that 100(h2 – ab) = (a + b)2.
iii. Find the general solution of sinx tanx = tanx − sinx + 1.

115
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS .. Board Question Paper: October 2014

SECTION – II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following
sub-questions: (6)[12]
x –x
i. The differential equation of the family of curves y = c1e + c2e is
d2 y d2 y
(A) + y=0 (B) − y=0
dx 2 dx 2
d2 y d2 y
(C) +1 = 0 (D) +1 = 0
dx 2 dx 2
ii. If X is a random variable with probability mass function
P(x) = kx, for x = 1, 2, 3
= 0, otherwise
then k = ……
1 1°
(A) (B)
5 4
1 2
(C) (D)
6 3
 x+ y 2 d2 y
iii. If sec   = a , then = ….
 x− y dx 2
(A) y (B) x
y
(C) (D) 0
x
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
 1  dy
i. If y = sin–1(3x) + sec–1   , find .
 3x  dx
ii. Evaluate: ∫ x log x dx .
h
1 π
iii. If ∫ 2 + 8x
0
2
dx =
16
, then find the value of h.

iv. The probability that a certain kind of component will survive a check test is 0.5. Find the
probability that exactly two of the next four components tested will survive.
π π
v. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve y = sin x, the lines x = − , x = and
2 2
X-axis.
Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Examine the continuity of the following function at given point:
log x − log8
f(x) = , for x ≠ 8
x −8
=8 , for x = 8 at x = 8
ii. If x = φ(t) is a differentiable function of ‘t’, then prove that
∫ f ( x)dx = ∫ f [φ(t)]φ′(t)dt .
iii. Solve 3ex tan y dx + (1 + ex) sec2 y dy = 0. Also, find the particular solution when x = 0 and
y = π.
116
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS .. Mathematics
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. A point source of light is hung 30 feet directly above a straight horizontal path on which a
man of 6 feet in height is walking. How fast will the man’s shadow lengthen and how fast
will the tip of shadow move when he is walking away from the light at the rate of 100 ft/min.
log x
ii. Evaluate: ∫ (1 + log x) 2
dx

iii. If x = f(t), y = g(t) are differentiable functions of parameter ‘t’ then prove that y is a
differentiable function of ‘x’ and
dy
dy dt dx
= , ≠0
dx dx dt
dt
dy
Hence find if x = a cos t, y = a sint t.
dx
Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Show that the function defined by f(x) = |cos x| is continuous function.
2 2
dy y + x + y
ii. Solve the differential equation = .
dx x
iii. Given X ~ B(n, p). If n = 20, E(X) = 10,
find p, Var. (X) and S.D.(X).
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. A bakerman sells 5 types of cakes. Profits due to the sale of each type of cake is respectively `
3, ` 2.5, ` 2, ` 1.5, ` 1. The demands for these cakes are 10%, 5%, 25%, 45% and 15%
respectively. What is the expected profit per cake?

ii. Verify Lagrange’s mean value theorem for the function


1
f(x) = x + , x ∈ [1, 3]
x
b b
iii. Prove that: ∫ f ( x)dx = ∫ f (a + b − x)dx
a a
b
f ( x)
Hence evaluate: ∫ f ( x) + f (a + b − x) dx .
a

117
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper: October

Board question paper: October 2014 Physics


Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. Draw a diagram showing all components of forces acting on a vehicle moving on a curved
banked road. Write the necessary equation for maximum safety speed and state the
significance of each term involved in it.
ii. Explain Maxwell distribution of molecular speed with necessary graph.
iii. Find the total energy and binding energy of an artificial satellite of mass 800 kg orbiting at a
height of 1800 km above the surface of the earth.
(G = 6.67 × 10–11 S.I. units, Radius of earth : R = 6400 km, Mass of earth : M = 6 × 1024 kg)

 70   70 
iv. Wavelengths of two notes in the air are   m and   m . Each of these notes produces
 153   157 
8 beats per second with a tuning fork of fixed frequency. Find the velocity of sound in the air
and frequency of the tuning fork.
Q.2. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. Draw a diagram showing different stages (cases) of projection for artificial satellite.
ii. State the law of conservation of angular momentun and explain with a suitable example.
iii. Define the angle of contact and state its any ‘two’ characteristics.
iv. With a neat and labelled diagram, explain Ferry’s perfectly black body.
v. A stone of mass 5 kg, tied to one end of a rope of length 0.8 m, is whirled in a vertical circle.
Find the minimum velocity at the highest point and at the midway point. (g = 9.8 m/s2)
vi. The maximum velocity of a particle performing linear S.H.M. is 0.16 m/s. If its maximum
acceleration is 0.64 m/s2, calculate its period.

vii. Water rises to a height 3.2 cm in a glass capillary tube. Find the height to which the same water
will rise in another glass capillary having half area of cross section.

viii. A 36 cm long sonometer wire vibrates with frequency of 280 Hz in fundamental mode, when it
is under tension of 24.5 N. Calculate linear density of the material of wire.

106
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Physics
Q.3. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-questions: [7]
i. A thin wire of length L and uniform linear mass density ρ is bent into a circular coil.
Moment of inertia of the coil about tangential axis in its plane is _______.
3ρL2 8π 2
(A) 2
(B)
8π 3ρL3
3ρL3 8π
(C) (D)
8π 2 3ρL2
ii. The average displacement over a period of S.H.M. is _______.
(A = amplitude of S.H.M.)
(A) 0 (B) A
(C) 2A (D) 4A
iii. In which of the following substances, surface tension increases with increase in temperature?
(A) Copper (B) Molten copper
(C) Iron (D) Molten iron
iv. The ratio of diameters of two wires of the same material and length is n : 1. If the same load
is applied to both the wires then increase in the length of the thin wire is (n > 1) _______.
(A) n1/4 times (B) n1/2 times
(C) n times (D) n2 times
v. The co-efficient of reflection of an opaque body is 0.16. Its co-efficient of emission is
_______.
(A) 0.94 (B) 0.84
(C) 0.74 (D) 0.64
vi. Let velocity of a sound wave be ‘v’ and ‘ω’ be angular velocity. The propagation constant of
the wave is _______.
ω v
(A) (B)
v ω
ω v
(C) (D)
v ω
vii. The value of end correction for an open organ pipe of radius ‘r’ is _______.
(A) 0.3 r (B) 0.6 r
(C) 0.9 r (D) 1.2 r
Q.4. Distinguish between forced vibrations and resonance. Draw neat, labelled diagrams for the modes
of vibration of a stretched string in second harmonic and third harmonic.
The area of the upper face of a rectangular block is 0.5 m × 0.5 m and the lower face is fixed. The
height of the block is 1 cm. A shearing force applied at the top face produces a displacement of
0.015 mm. Find the strain and shearing force.
(Modulus of rigidity : η = 4.5 × 1010 N/m2) [7]
OR
Q.4. Define phase of S.H.M. Show variation of displacement, velocity and acceleration with phase for a
particle performing linear S.H.M. graphically, when it starts from extreme position.
A body starts rotating from rest. Due to a couple of 20 Nm it completes 60 revolutions in one
minute. Find the moment of inertia of the body. [7]

107
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper: October
SECTION − II
Q.5. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. In a biprism experiment, a slit is illuminated by a light of wavelength 4800 Å. The distance
between the slit and biprism is 15 cm and the distance between the biprism and eyepiece is
85 cm. If the distance between virtual sources is 3 mm, determine the distance between 4th
bright band on one side and 4th dark band on the other side of the central bright band.
ii. Six capacitors of capacities 5, 5, 5, 5, 10 and X µF are connected as shown in the network
given below.
Find:
a. The value of X if the network is balanced, and
b. the resultant capacitance between A and C.
B
5µF 5µF

A 5µF C

5µF
D

5V
iii. Show that the current flowing through a moving coil galvanometer is directly proportional to
the angle of deflection of coil.
iv. Explain the formation of energy band diagram in case of conductor and semiconductor.
Q.6. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. Draw a neat labelled diagram showing the plane of vibration and plane of polarisation for
polarised light.
ii. State the conditions to get steady interference pattern.
iii. In a hydrogen atom, an electron carrying charge ‘e’ revolves in an orbit of radius ‘r’ with
speed ‘v’. Obtain an expression for the magnitude of magnetic moment of a revolving
electron.
iv. Draw a neat, labelled block diagram for a generalised communication system.
v. A red light of wavelength 6400 Å in air has wavelength 4000 Å in glass. If the wavelength of
violet light in air is 4400 Å, find its wavelength in glass.
(Assume that µr ≈ µv)
vi. The magnetic moment of a magnet of dimensions 5 cm × 2.5 cm × 1.25 cm is 3 Am2.
Calculate the intensity of magnetization.
vii. An A.C. circuit consists of inductor of inductance 125 mH connected in parallel with a
capacitor of capacity 50 µF. Determine the resonant frequency.
viii. Calculate the de Broglie wavelength of an electron moving with 1/3rd of the speed of light in
vacuum.
(Neglect relativistic effect)
(Planck’s constant : h = 6.63 × 10–34 Js,
Mass of electron : m = 9 .11 × 10–28 g)
Q.7. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-questions [7]
i. If numerical aperture of a microscope is increased, then its _______.
(A) resolving power decreases (B) limit of resolution decreases
(C) resolving power remains constant (D) limit of resolution increases

108
NAMDEO
. SIR'S TUTORIALS
. Physics
ii. A solenoid of length 1.5 m and 4 cm in diameter possesses 10 turns per metre. A current of
5 A is flowing through it. The magnetic induction at a point inside the solenoid along the axis
is _______. (µ0 = 4π × 10–7 Wb/Am)
(A) π × 10–5 T (B) 2π × 10–5 T
–5
(C) 3π × 10 T (D) 4π × 10–5 T
iii. Kirchhoff’s voltage law and current law are respectively in accordance with the conservation
of _______.
(A) charge and momentum (B) charge and energy
(C) energy and charge (D) energy and momentum
iv. When radiations of wavelength λ1 and λ2 are incident on certain photosensitive material, the
energies of electron ejected are E1 and E2 respectively, such that E1 > E2. Then Planck’s
constant ‘h’ is _______. (c = velocity of light)

(A)
( E1 − E 2 )( λ1 − λ 2 ) (B)
( E1 − E 2 ) λ1c
c ( λ1 ⋅ λ 2 ) ( λ1 − λ 2 ) λ 2
(C)
( E1 − E 2 ) λ1λ 2 (D)
( λ 2 − λ1 ) c
c ( λ 2 − λ1 ) ( E1 − E 2 ) λ1 ⋅ λ 2
v. Colour of light emitted by LED depends upon _______.
(A) its forward bias
(B) its reverse bias
(C) the band gap of the material of semiconductor
(D) its size
vi. Line of sight propagation is also called as _______ propagation.
(A) sky wave (B) ground wave
(C) sound wave (D) space wave
vii. Two parallel plates separated by distance d are kept at potential difference V volt. A charge q
of mass m enters in parallel plates with some velocity. The acceleration of the charged
particle will be _______.
qV dm
(A) (B)
dm qV
qm dV
(C) (D)
dV qm
Q.8. Explain the phenomenon of self induction and mutual induction. Define coefficient of self
induction and mutual induction. Write the SI unit and dimensions of coefficient of self induction.
A potentiometer wire has a length of 4 m and a resistance of 5 Ω. What resistance should be
connected in series with a potentiometer wire and a cell of e.m.f. 2 V having internal resistance 1 Ω
to get a potential gradient of 10–3 V/cm? [7]
OR
Q.8. Derive an expression for the total energy of electron in ‘n’ th Bohr orbit. Hence show that energy of
the electron is inversely proportional to the square of principal quantum number. Also define
binding energy.
The photoelectric threshold wavelength of a metal is 230 nm. Determine the maximum kinetic
energy in joule and in eV of the ejected electron for the metal surface when it is exposed to a
radiation of wavelength 180 nm.
(Planck’s constant : h = 6.63 × 10–34 Js,
Velocity of light : c = 3 × 108 m/s.) [7]

109
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Biology

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2015


BIOLOGY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. Answers to Section-I and Section-II should be written in Two Separate answer books.
ii. Questions from Section-I attempted in the answer book of Section-II and vice-versa will not be
assessed / not given any credit.
iii. All questions are compulsory.
iv. Draw neat and labelled diagram wherever necessary.
v. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
vi. Answer to every new question must begin on a new page.

SECTION – I
[BOTANY]
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. A cross used to verify the unknown genotype of F1 hybrid is a _______ cross.
(A) test (B) back
(C) dihybrid (D) monohybrid
ii. Appearance of new combinations in F2 generation in a dihybrid cross proves the law of
_______.
(A) dominance (B) segregation
(C) independent assortment (D) purity of gametes
iii. A fine powder of recycled modified plastic is known as _______.
(A) polyblend (B) polythene
(C) polyester (D) polymer
iv. The partially decomposed organic matter is formed by a process called _______.
(A) fragmentation (B) humification
(C) mineralization (D) leaching
v. Transfer of genetic material into a bacterial cell through a viral vector is known as _______.
(A) transformation (B) transduction
(C) transfection (D) translation
vi. If the number of chromosomes in an endosperm cell is 27, what will be the chromosome
number in the definitive nucleus?
(A) 9 (B) 18
(C) 27 (D) 36
vii. Lever mechanism of pollination is observed in _______.
(A) Salvia (B) Jasmine
(C) Bougainvillea (D) Butea
Q.2. (A) Answer each question in ‘One’ sentence: (6)[12]
i. A pea plant pure for yellow seed colour is crossed with a pea plant pure for green seed colour.
In F1 generation, all pea plants were with yellow seed. Which law of Mendel is applicable?
ii. Name the enzyme responsible for delay in ripening of tomato fruit.
iii. Which are the bacteria responsible for converting organic acids into methane?
73
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2015
iv. Name the high yielding semi-dwarf varieties of wheat selected and introduced in India in
1963.
v. ‘Formation of primary endosperm nucleus is called triple fusion’. Give reason.
vi. Mention any ‘two’ ecological services for the benefit of mankind.
(B) Sketch and label ‘tubular tower fermenter’. (2)
(C) Answer the following (Any TWO): (4)
i. Global warming is caused by ‘greenhouse effect’. Justify.
ii. With the help of a neat and labelled diagram explain VAM (vesicular arbuscular
mycorrhizae).
iii. Distinguish between light and dark reactions.
iv. ‘Mendel selected the garden pea plants for his experiments’. Explain.
Q.3. (A) Attempt the following (Any TWO): (6)[9]
i. With the help of a neat and labelled diagram describe steps in recombinant DNA technology.
ii. What is ‘tissue culture’? Describe the methodolgy of tissue culture.
iii. Define vegetative propagation. Differentiate between ‘stem tuber’ and ‘tuberous root’.
(B) Sketch and label T.S. of angiospermic anther. (3)
Q.4. With the help of a neat and labelled diagram describe Watson and Crick’s model of DNA. [7]
OR
With the help of schematic representation explain Kreb’s cycle.
SECTION – II
[ZOOLOGY]
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. In gene therapy, DNase is used to treat _______.
(A) cystic fibrosis (B) haemophilia
(C) pituitary dwarfism (D) insulin dependent diabetes
ii. If only one ‘X’ chromosome is found in a female person, which of the following symptoms
she will show?
(A) epicanthal skin fold
(B) webbing of neck
(C) small testis and absence of spermatogenesis
(D) presence of simian crease on the palm
iii. In which of the following haploid cells a whole genome in human being is present?
(A) sperm (B) somatic cell
(C) mature RBC (D) primary spermatocyte
iv. Which of the following is NOT an example of connecting link?
(A) Archaeopteryx (B) Ichthyostegia
(C) Seymouria (D) Biston betularia
v. In _______, superior males of the one breed are mated with superior females of another
breed.
(A) outcrossing (B) cross-breeding
(C) outbreeding (D) inbreeding
vi. Normal activities of the heart are regulated by _______.
(A) brain (B) spinal cord
(C) modified cardiac muscles (D) hormones

74
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Biology
vii. During _______ type of interaction, both organism are benefited.
(A) mutualism (B) competition
(C) commensalism (D) parasitism
Q.6. (A) Answer the following in ‘one’ sentence each: (6)[12]
i. What is gene pool?
ii. Give any ‘two’ names of X-linked diseases.
iii. What does abbreviation HGP stand for?
iv. Give ‘two’ varieties of silk which are considered as inferior quality.
v. In the electrocardiogram shown below, which wave represents ventricular diastole.
+2

R
+1

T
P
0
Q S

−1
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
vi. Which method of conservation of biodiversity includes ‘hot spot’ method?
(B) Sketch and label ventral view of human heart. (2)
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. Distinguish between ape and man.
ii. Give the applications of DNA fingerprinting technique.
iii. Enlist the various types of cancer.
iv. Give the significance of fertilization.
Q.7. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[9]
i. What will be phenotype of progeny, if a carrier haemophilic female marries a normal male?
Explain.
ii. With the help of a chart, explain the compatibility of human blood groups.
iii. Justify the following sentences:
a. The conservation of endangered species of plants and animals is necessary.
b. Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificate is mandatory for all vehicles and industries.
(B) Sketch and label ‘structure of nephron’. (3)
Q.8. With the help of a labelled diagram of lateral view of cerebrum, describe its structure and give any
‘two’ functions of cerebrum. [7]
OR
With the help of a neat, labelled diagram, describe the human male reproductive system.

75
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Chemistry

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2015


CHEMISTRY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to the two sections are to be written in the same answer book.
iii. Figures to the right hand side indicate full marks.
iv. Write balanced chemical equations and draw neat and labelled diagrams, wherever necessary.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Answer to every question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. p-type semi-conductors are made by mixing silicon with impurities of _______.
(A) germanium (B) boron
(C) arsenic (D) antimony

ii. Amongst the following, identify the criterion for a process to be at equilibrium.
(A) ∆G < 0 (B) ∆G > 0
(C) ∆Stotal = 0 (D) ∆S < 0

iii. Colligative property depends only on _______ in a solution.


(A) number of solute particles (B) number of solvent particles
(C) nature of solute particles (D) nature of solvent particles

iv. The charge of how many coulombs is required to deposit 1.0 g of sodium metal (molar mass
23.0 g mol−1) from sodium ions?
(A) 2098 C (B) 96500 C
(C) 193000 C (D) 4196 C

v. What is the chemical composition of malachite?


(A) CuO.CuCO3 (B) Cu(OH)2.CuCO3
(C) CuO.Cu(OH)2 (D) Cu2O.Cu(OH)2

vi. The element that does NOT exhibit allotropy is _______.


(A) As (B) Sb
(C) Bi (D) N

vii. The integrated rate equation for first order reaction A → products is _______ .
[ A ]0 1 [ A ]t
(A) k = 2.303 t log10 (B) k=− ln
[ A ]t t [ A ]0

2.303 [ A ]t 1 [ A ]t
(C) k= log10 (D) k= ln
t [ A ]0 t [ A ]0

65
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2015
Q.2. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Define the following terms:
a. Enthalpy of fusion
b. Enthalpy of atomization
ii. Derive van’t Hoff general solution equation.
iii. Explain impurity defect in stainless steel with diagram.
iv. Derive the relation between half life and rate constant for a first order reaction.
v. Draw neat and labelled diagram of dry cell.
vi. Explain the structure of sulphur dioxide.
vii. What is calcination? Explain it with reactions.
viii. Arrange the following reducing agents in the order of increasing strength under standard state
conditions. Justify the answer.
Element Al(s) Cu(s) Cl (aq)
− Ni(s)
Eo −1.66 V 0.34 V 1.36 V −0.26 V

Q.3. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]


i. Determine whether the reactions with the following ∆H and ∆S values are spontaneous or
non-spontaneous. State whether the reactions are exothermic or endothermic.
a. ∆H = − 110 kJ, ∆S = + 40 J K−1 at 400 K
b. ∆H = + 40 kJ, ∆S = − 120 J K−1 at 250 K
ii. 1.0 × 10−3 kg of urea when dissolved in 0.0985 kg of a solvent, decreases freezing point of the
solvent by 0.211 K. 1.6 × 10−3 kg of another non-electrolyte solute when dissolved in
0.086 kg of the same solvent depresses the freezing point by 0.34 K. Calculate the molar
mass of the another solute.
(Given molar mass of urea = 60)
iii. Sucrose decomposes in acid solution into glucose and fructose according to the first order
rate law with t1/2 = 3 hours. What fraction of the sample of sucrose remains after 8 hours?
iv. Explain how does nitrogen exhibit anomalous behaviour amongst group 15 elements.

Q.4. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]


i. Niobium crystallises as body centred cube (BCC) and has density of 8.55 kg dm−3. Calculate
the atomic radius of niobium.
(Given: Atomic mass of niobium = 93)
Write one statement of first law of thermodynamics and its mathematical expression.
Write the reactions involved in the zone of reduction in blast furnace during extraction of
iron.
ii. Write molecular formulae and structures of the following compounds:
a. Dithionic acid
b. Peroxymonosulphuric acid
c. Pyrosulphuric acid
d. Dithionous acid
Calculate Ecell and ∆G for the following at 28 °C:
Mg(s) + Sn2+ (0.04 M) → Mg2+ (0.06 M) + Sn(s)
E o cell = 2.23 V
Is the reaction spontaneous?
66
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Chemistry
SECTION – II
Q. 5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. Identify the product ‘D’ in the following sequence of reactions:
Alc.KOH HBr Na
H3C − CH2 − CH2 − Cl  ∆
→ ‘B’  → ‘C’ 
Ether
→ ‘D’

(A) 2,2-dimethylbutane (B) 2,3-dimethylbutane


(C) hexane (D) 2,4-dimethylpentane
ii. Which of the following complexes will give a white precipitate on treatment with a solution
of barium nitrate?
(A) [Cr(NH3)4SO4]Cl (B) [Co(NH3)4Cl2]NO2
(C) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]SO4 (D) [CrCl2(H2O)4]Cl
iii. What is the geometry of chromate ion?
(A) Tetrahedral (B) Octahedral
(C) Trigonal planar (D) Linear
iv. Primary and secondary nitroalkanes containing α-H atom show property of ________.
(A) chain isomerism (B) tautomerism
(C) optical isomerism (D) geometrical isomerism
v. In phenol carbon atom attached to −OH group undergoes ________.
(A) sp3 hybridisation (B) sp hybridisation
(C) sp2 hybridisation (D) no hybridisation
vi. Identify the strongest acid amongst the following.
(A) Chloroacetic acid (B) Acetic acid
(C) Trichloroacetic acid (D) Dichloroacetic acid
vii. Which of the following vitamins is water soluble?
(A) A (B) D
(C) E (D) B
Q.6. Answer any SIX of the following : [12]
i. Write a note on Friedel Craft’s acylation.
ii. How is ethylamine prepared from methyl iodide?
iii. What are antibiotics? Give ‘two’ examples.
iv. Explain, why are boiling points of carboxylic acids higher than corresponding alcohols.
v. How are proteins classified on the basis of molecular shapes?
vi. What are interstitial compounds? Why do these compounds have higher melting points than
corresponding pure metals?
vii. Write the structures and IUPAC names of the following compounds:
a. Adipic acid
b. α-methyl butyraldehyde
viii. Explain with examples, branched and linear polymers.
Q.7. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. On the basis of valence bond theory explain the nature of bonding in [CoF6]3− ion.
Write the IUPAC name of [Co(NO2)3 (NH3)3].
ii. Define lanthanoid contraction. Explain its effects.
iii. Write mechanism of Aldol addition reaction.
iv. Define carbohydrates. What are reducing and non-reducing sugars?
67
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2015
Q.8. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. Write a note on Gabriel phthalimide synthesis.
What are biodegradable polymers and non-biodegradable polymers? Write ‘one example’ of
each.
Explain cationic detergents.
ii. How is carbolic acid prepared from the following compounds:
a. Aniline
b. Chlorobenzene and steam at 698 K?
Draw structure of DDT. Write its environmental effects.
Mention ‘two’ physical properties of carbolic acid.

68
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Mathematics

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2015


MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Graph of L.P.P. should be drawn on graph paper only.
iv. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.
v. Answers to both sections should be written in the same answer book.
vi. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6)[12]
2 0 0
i. If A =  0 2 0  , then A6 = _______.
 0 0 2 
(A) 6A (B) 12A (C) 16A (D) 32A
 1
ii. The principal solution of cos−1  −  is
 2
π π 2π 3π
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 6 3 2
iii. If an equation hxy + gx + fy + c = 0 represents a pair of lines, then
(A) fg = ch (B) gh = cf (C) fh = cg (D) hf = − cg
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
i. Write the converse and contrapositive of the statement-
“If two triangles are congruent then their areas are equal.”
ii. Find ‘k’, if the sum of slopes of lines represented by equation x2 + kxy − 3y2 = 0 is twice their
product.

iii. ( ) ( )
Find the angle between the planes r ⋅ 2iˆ + ˆj − kˆ = 3 and r ⋅ ˆi + 2ˆj + kˆ = 1.

iv. The cartesian equations of line are 3x − 1 = 6y + 2 = 1 − z. Find the vector equation of line.
v. If a = ˆi + 2ˆj, b = −2iˆ + ˆj, c = 4iˆ + 3j,
ˆ find x and y such that c = xa + y b .

Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]


i. If A, B, C, D are (1, 1, 1), (2, 1, 3), (3, 2, 2), (3, 3, 4) respectively, then find the volume of the
parallelopiped with AB, AC and AD as the concurrent edges.
ii. Discuss the statement pattern, using truth table: ~(~p ∧ ~q) ∨ q
iii. If point C( c ) divides the segment joining the points A( a ) and B ( b ) internally in the ratio
mb + na
m : n, then prove that c = .
m+n

69
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2015
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Find the direction cosines of the line perpendicular to the lines whose direction ratios are
−2, 1, −1 and −3, −4, 1.
ii. In any ∆ABC, if a2, b2, c2 are in arithmetic progression, then prove that cot A, cot B, cot C are
in arithmetic progression.
iii. The sum of three numbers is 6. When second number is subtracted from thrice the sum of
first and third number, we get number 10. Four times the third number is subtracted from five
times the sum of first and second number, the result is 3. Using above information, find these
three numbers by matrix method.
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
2 2
i. If θ is the acute angle between the lines represented by equation ax + 2hxy + by = 0, then
2 h 2 − ab
prove that tan θ = , a + b ≠ 0.
a+b

x −1 y +1 z −1 x−3 y−k z
ii. If the lines = = and = = intersect each other, then find the
2 3 4 1 2 1
value of ‘k’.
iii. Construct the switching circuit for the following statement:
[p ∨ (~p ∧ q)] ∨ [(∼q ∧ r) ∨ ∼p]
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Find the general solution of cos x − sin x = 1.
ii. Find the equations of the planes parallel to the plane x − 2y + 2z − 4 = 0, which are at a unit
distance from the point (1, 2, 3).
iii. A diet of a sick person must contain at least 48 units of vitamin A and 64 units of vitamin B.
Two foods F1 and F2 are available. Food F1 costs ` 6 per unit and food F2 costs ` 10 per unit.
One unit of food F1 contains 6 units of vitamin A and 7 units of vitamin B. One unit of food
F2 contains 8 units of vitamin A and 12 units of vitamin B. Find the minimum cost for the
diet that consists of mixture of these two foods and also meeting the minimal nutritional
requirements.

SECTION – II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6)[12]
i. A random variable X has the following probability distribution:
X=x −2 –1 0 1 2 3
P(x) 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.1
Then E(x) =
(A) 0.8 (B) 0.9
(C) 0.7 (D) 1.1
α
ii. If ∫ 3x 2 dx = 8 , then the value of α is
0
(A) 0 (B) –2
(C) 2 (D) ±2
70
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Mathematics
c
iii. The differential equation of y = + c 2 is
x
2
 dy  dy d2 y dy
(A) x4   − x = y (B) +x + y=0
 dx 
2
dx dx dx
2
 dy  dy d 2 y dy
(C) x   +x =y
3
(D) + − y=0
 dx  dx dx 2 dx
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
 1 − x 2 ⋅ sin −1 x + 1 
i. Evaluate: ∫ e x   dx
 1 − x2 

dy cos x
ii. If y = sin x + sin x + sin x + ....∞ , then show that =
dx 2 y − 1
π
2
1
iii. Evaluate: ∫ dx
0
1+ cos x
dy
iv. If y = eax, show that x = y log y.
dx
v. A fair coin is tossed five times. Find the probability that it shows exactly three times head.
Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Integrate: sec3 x w.r.t. x.
ii. If y = (tan−1x)2, show that
d2 y dy
(1 + x2)2 2 +2x (1 + x2) −2=0
dx dx
1
 π  x
iii. If f(x) =  tan  + x   , for x ≠ 0
 4 
= k, for x = 0
is continuous at x = 0, find k.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
4
i. Find the co-ordinates of the points on the curve y = x − , where the tangents are parallel to
x
the line y = 2x.
x 2 a2
ii. Prove that: ∫ x 2 − a 2 dx =
2
x − a 2 − log x + x 2 − a 2 + c
2
π
x sin x
iii. Evaluate: ∫ 1+ sin x dx
0

Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]


i. Find a and b, so that the function f(x) defined by
π
f(x) = −2 sin x, for −π ≤ x ≤ −
2
π π
= a sin x + b, for − <x<
2 2
π
= cos x, for ≤ x ≤ π is continuous on [−π, π].
2
71
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2015

 x3 − y3  dy 99 x 2
ii. If log10  3  = 2, then show that = − .
x +y 
3
dx 101 y 2
iii. Let the p.m.f. (probability mass function) of random variable x be
4− x
 4 5   4 
x

P(x) =       , x = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4.
 x 9   9 
= 0, otherwise
Find E(x) and Var (x).
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Examine the maxima and minima of the function f(x) = 2x3 − 21x2 + 36x − 20. Also, find the
maximum and minimum values of f(x).
ii. Solve the differential equation (x2 + y2)dx − 2xydy = 0.
iii. Given the p.d.f. (probability density function) of a continuous random variable x as:
x2
f(x) = , −1 < x < 2
3
= 0, otherwise
Determine the c.d.f. (cumulative distribution function) of x and hence find P(x < 1),
P(x ≤ −2), P(x > 0), P(1 < x < 2).

72
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2015


PHYSICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. The period of a conical pendulum in terms of its length (l), semivertical angle (θ) and
acceleration due to gravity (g) is:
1 l cos θ 1 l sin θ
(A) (B)
2π g 2π g
l cos θ l tan θ
(C) 4π (D) 4π
4g g
ii. The kinetic energy of a rotating body depends upon
(A) distribution of mass only.
(B) angular speed only.
(C) distribution of mass and angular speed.
(D) angular acceleration only.
iii. If the metal bob of a simple pendulum is replaced by a wooden bob of the same size, then its
time period will
(A) increase. (B) remain same.
(C) decrease. (D) first increase and then decrease.
iv. The graph between applied force and change in the length of wire within elastic limit is a
(A) straight line with positive slope. (B) straight line with negative slope.
(C) curve with positive slope. (D) curve with negative slope.
v. When longitudinal wave is incident at the boundary of denser medium, then
(A) compression reflects as a compression.
(B) compression reflects as a rarefaction
(C) rarefaction reflects as a compression.
(D) longitudinal wave reflects as transverse wave.
vi. The dimensions of universal gravitational constant are
(A) [L1M0T0] (B) [L2M1T0]
–1 1 –2
(C) [L M T ] (D) [L3M–1T–2]
vii. Two copper spheres of radii 6 cm and 12 cm respectively are suspended in an evacuated
enclosure. Each of them are at a temperature 15 °C above the surroundings. The ratio of their
rate of loss of heat is
(A) 2:1 (B) 1 : 4
(C) 1:8 (D) 8 : 1
61
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2015
Q.2. Attempt any SIX : [12]
→ → →
i. In circular motion, assuming v = ω× r , obtain an expression for the resultant acceleration of
a particle in terms of tangential and radial component.
ii. Explain why an astronaut in an orbiting satellite has a feeling of weightlessness.
iii. State theorem of parallel axes and theorem of perpendicular axes about moment of inertia.
iv. State:
a. Wien’s displacement law and
b. first law of thermodynamics.
v. A particle in S.H.M. has a period of 2 seconds and amplitude of 10 cm. Calculate the
acceleration when it is at 4 cm from its positive extreme position.
vi. The surface tension of water at 0 °C is 75.5 dyne/cm. Calculate surface tension of water at
25 °C. (α for water = 2.7 × 10–3/ °C)
vii. The spin dryer of a washing machine rotating at 15 r.p.s. slows down to 5 r.p.s. after making
50 revolutions. Find its angular acceleration.
viii. Calculate the period of revolution of Jupiter around the Sun. The ratio of the radius of
Jupiter’s orbit to that of the Earth’s orbit is 5.
(Period of revolution of the Earth is 1 year)
Q.3. Attempt any THREE [9]
i. Derive an expression for excess pressure inside a drop of liquid.
ii. Explain what is Doppler effect in sound and state its any ‘four’ applications.
iii. Calculate the average molecular kinetic energy:
a. per kilomole,
b. per kilogram, of oxygen at 27 °C.
(R = 8320 J/k mole K, Avogadro’s number = 6.03 × 1026 molecules/K mole)
iv. A uniform steel rod of 5 mm2 cross section is heated from 0 °C to 25 °C. Calculate the force
which must be exerted to prevent it from expanding. Also calculate strain.
(α for steel = 12 × 10–6/ °C and γ for steel = 20 × 1010 N/m2)
Q.4. A. What are forced vibrations and resonance? Show that only odd harmonics are present in an
air column vibrating in a pipe closed at one end.
B. A stretched wire emits a fundamental note of frequency 256 Hz. Keeping the stretching force
constant and reducing the length of wire by 10 cm, the frequency becomes 320 Hz. Calculate
the original length of wire.
OR
Q.4. A. Obtain an expression for potential energy of a particle performing simple harmonic motion.
Hence evaluate the potential energy
i. at mean position and
ii. at extreme position.
B. A horizontal disc is freely rotating about a transverse axis passing through its centre at the
rate of 100 revolutions per minute. A 20 gram blob of wax falls on the disc and sticks to the
disc at a distance of 5 cm from its axis. Moment of intertia of the disc about its axis passing
through its centre of mass is 2 × 10–4 kg m2. Calculate the new frequency of rotation of the
disc. [7]

62
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Physics
SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. Electric field intensity in free space at a distance ‘r’ outside the charged conducting sphere of
radius ‘R’ in terms of surface charge density ‘σ’ is
2 2
σ R  ε0  R 
(A) (B)
ε 0  r  σ  r 
2 2
Rσ R r 
(C)   (D)  
r  ε0  σ  ε0 

ii. Instrument which can measure terminal potential difference as well as electro motive force
(e.m.f.) is
(A) Wheatstone’s meter bridge (B) Voltmeter
(C) Potentiometer (D) Galvanometer
iii. If the frequency of incident light falling on a photosensitive material is doubled, then the
kinetic energy of the emitted photoelectron will be
(A) same as its initial value. (B) two times its initial value.
(C) more than two times its initial value. (D) less than two times its initial value.
iv. Linear momentum of an electron in Bohr orbit of H-atom (principal quantum number n) is
proportional to
1 1
(A) 2
(B)
n n
(C) n (D) n2
v. In a semiconductor, acceptor impurity is
(A) antimony (B) indium
(C) phosphorous (D) arsenic
vi. The power radiated by linear antenna of length ‘l’ is proportional to (λ = wavelength)
2
λ λ
(A) (B)  
l l
2
l l
(C) (D)  
λ λ
vii. The numerical aperture of objective of a microscope is 0.12. The limit of resolution, when
light of wavelength 6000 Å is used to view an object is
(A) 0.25 × 10–7 m (B) 2.5 × 10–7 m
–7
(C) 25 × 10 m (D) 250 × 10–7 m
Q.6. Attempt any SIX : [12]
i. What is a polaroid? State its ‘two’ uses.
ii. Draw a neat and labelled diagram of suspended coil type moving coil galvanometer.
iii. Define:
a. Magnetization and
b. magnetic intensity.
iv. Draw a block diagram of generalized communication system.
v. A solenoid 3.142 m long and 5.0 cm in diameter has two layers of windings of 500 turns each
and carries a current of 5 A. Calculate the magnetic induction at its centre along the axis.
63
Board Question Paper : March 2015 NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS

vi. A circular coil of 300 turns and average area 5 × 10–3 m2 carries a current of 15 A. Calculate
the magnitude of magnetic moment associated with the coil.
vii. The magnetic flux through a loop varies accroding to the relation φ = 8t2 + 6t + C, where ‘C’
is constant, ‘φ’ is in milliweber and ‘t’ is in second. What is the magnitude of induced e.m.f.
in the loop at t = 2 second?
viii. An electron is orbiting in 5th Bohr orbit. Calculate ionisation energy for this atom, if the
ground state energy is −13.6 eV.
Q.7. Attempt any THREE [9]
i. Obtain an expression for the radius of Bohr orbit for H-atom.
ii. What are α and β parameters for a transistor? Obtain a relation between them.
iii. Two metal spheres having charge densities 5 µC/m2 and −2 µC/m2 with radii 2 mm and 1 mm
respectively are kept in a hypothetical closed surface. Calculate total normal electric
induction over the closed surface.
iv. The threshold wavelength of silver is 3800 Å. Calculate the maximum kinetic energy in eV of
photoelectrons emitted, when ultraviolet light of wavelength 2600 Å falls on it.
(Planck’s constant, h = 6.63 × 10–34 J.s., velocity of light in air, c = 3 × 108 m/s)
Q.8. A. Obtain an expression for e.m.f. induced in a coil rotating with uniform angular velocity in a
uniform magnetic field. Show graphically the variation of e.m.f. with time (t).
B. Resistance of a potentiometer wire is 0.1 Ω/cm. A cell of e.m.f. 1.5 V is balanced at 300 cm
on this potentiometer wire. Calculate the current and balancing length for another cell of
e.m.f. 1.4 V on the same potentiometer wire. [7]
OR
A. Describe biprism experiment to calculate the wavelength of a monochromatic light. Draw the
necessary ray diagram.
3
B. If the critical angle of a medium is sin−1   , find the polarising angle. [7]
5

64
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : October 2015

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : OCTOBER 2015


BIOLOGY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to Section-I and Section-II should be written in Two Separate answer books.
iii. Questions from Section-I attempted in the answer book of Section-II and vice-versa will not be
assessed / not be given any credit.
iv. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
vi. Answer to every new question must begin on a new page.

SECTION – I
[BOTANY]
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. How many meiotic divisions will be needed to produce 44 female gametophytes in angiosperms?
(A) 11 (B) 22
(C) 44 (D) 66

ii. If the codon on m-RNA is AUG, the compatible anticodon on t-RNA is _______.
(A) UAG (B) UAC
(C) GUA (D) AUC

iii. _______ enzymes are used as biological scissors in r-DNA technology.


(A) Restriction endonucleases (B) DNA ligases
(C) DNA polymerases (D) Reverse transcriptases

iv. Vegetative propagation takes place with the help of leaves in _______ plant.
(A) Kalanchoe (B) Oxalis
(C) Cynodon (D) Dahlia

v. Trichoderma konigi is a source of _______ enzyme.


(A) invertase (B) lipase
(C) pectinase (D) cellulase

vi. What is the correct sequence of the stages in bacteriophage lytic cycle?
(A) Attachment, Penetration, Lysis, Multiplication
(B) Attachment, Penetration, Multiplication, Lysis
(C) Lysis, Penetration, Multiplication, Attachment
(D) Attachment, Lysis, Multiplication, Penetration

vii. Edible fruiting bodies are produced by _______.


(A) Yeast (B) Rhizopus
(C) Nostoc (D) Agaricus
88
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Biology
Q.2. (A) Answer each question in ‘One’ sentence only: (6)[12]
i. Give reason : Emasculation is done in a flower which is selected as female parent.
ii. Label the parts (1) and (2) in budding of yeast cell.

(2)
Nucleus

Vacuole
(1)

iii. Enlist types of DNA library.


iv. Define parthenocarpy.
v. What is meant by ecological succession?
vi. Give the role of VAM related to soil fertility.
(B) Give diagrammatic representation of pyramid of numbers. (2)
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. With the help of a suitable example, explain protandry.
ii. How depletion of ozone layer affects living organisms?
iii. Give graphic representation of cyclic photophosphorylation.
iv. Explain the role of microbes in sewage treatment.
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following : (6)[9]
i. Describe the steps of PCR technique.
ii. Write a note on multiple alleles considering example of human blood groups.
iii. What is ‘biofortification’? Which steps would you follow to develop a new variety of crop plant
by selective breeding?
(B) Sketch and label the T.S. of undehisced anther. (3)
Q.4. Describe the process of glycolysis with the help of schematic representation. [7]
OR
Explain semi-conservative replication of eukaryotic DNA.
SECTION – II
[ZOOLOGY]
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. Elephantiasis is caused by _______.
(A) Wuchereria bancrofti (B) Plasmodium vivax
(C) Bedbug (D) Elephant
ii. Genetically engineered human insulin is obtained by inserting the gene in _______.
(A) Pancreatic cells (B) E. coli
(C) Agrobacterium tumefaciens (D) Drosophila melanogaster
iii. Urea splitting bacteria are responsible for _______ types of stones.
(A) calcium oxalate (B) calcium phosphate
(C) calcium carbonate (D) struvite
iv. The connecting link between ‘ape’ and ‘man’ is _______.
(A) Dryopithecus (B) Australopithecus
(C) Homo erectus (D) Homo neanderthalensis
89
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : October 2015
v. Crippling disease is caused due to poisoning of _______ .
(A) Arsenic (B) Lead
(C) Mercury (D) Selenium
vi. The genetic marker used as key factor in DNA fingerprinting is _______.
(A) VNTRs (B) Exons
(C) Introns (D) DNA probes
vii. The trophoblast cells in contact with embryonal knob are called _______ .
(A) Inner mass cells (B) Blastomere
(C) Amniogenic cells (D) Cells of Rauber
Q.6. (A) Answer the following in ‘One’ sentence each: (6)[12]
i. Mention any ‘two’ methods used to prevent spoilage of fish.
ii. Define the term ‘genome’.
iii. What is meant by organic evolution?
iv. What is criss-cross inheritance?
v. Mention any ‘two’ functions of uterus.
vi. What is Red Data Book?
(B) Sketch and label the structure of chromosome. (2)
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. Explain the concept ‘survival of the fittest’.
ii. Give economic importance of apiculture.
iii. Give the importance of transgenic animals.
iv. Explain the mechanism of sex determination in human being.
Q.7. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[9]
i. Describe T.S. of the spinal cord.
ii. Explain the structure of antibody.
iii. Give the effects of air pollutants on human health.
(B) Sketch and label L.S. of human kidney. (3)
Q.8. With the help of a labelled diagram describe the internal structure of human heart. [7]
OR
Describe the stages during three trimesters of pregnancy. Explain the process of parturition. Add a
note on lactation.

90
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : October 2015

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : OCTOBER 2015


CHEMISTRY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to the two sections are to be written in the same answer book.
iii. Figures to the right hand side indicate full marks.
iv. Write balanced chemical equations and draw neat and labelled diagrams, wherever necessary.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Answer to every question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. The hybridisation of phosphorus in phosphorus pentachloride is _______.
(A) dsp3 (B) sp3d
2 3
(C) d sp (D) sp3d2
ii. The rate constant for a first order reaction is 100 s–1. The time required for completion of 50%
of reaction is _______.
(A) 0.0693 milliseconds (B) 0.693 milliseconds
(C) 6.93 milliseconds (D) 69.3 milliseconds
iii. Silica is added to roasted copper ore during smelting process to remove _______.
(A) ferrous sulphide (B) ferrous oxide
(C) cuprous sulphide (D) cuprous oxide
iv. 96500 coulombs correspond to the charge on how many electrons?
(A) 1.6 × 1019 (B) 6.022 × 1020
(C) 6.022 × 1023 (D) 6.022 × 1024
v. For the reaction: Cl2(g) → 2Cl(g), _______.
(A) ∆H is positive, ∆S is positive (B) ∆H is positive, ∆S is negative
(C) ∆H is negative, ∆S is negative (D) ∆H is negative, ∆S is positive
vi. The substance ‘X’, when dissolved in solvent water gave molar mass corresponding to the
molecular formula ‘X3’. The van’t Hoff factor (i) is _______.
(A) 3 (B) 0.33
(C) 1.3 (D) 1
vii. The relation a ≠ b ≠ c and α ≠ β ≠ γ ≠ 90° represents which crystal system?
(A) Orthorhombic (B) Tetragonal
(C) Triclinic (D) Monoclinic
Q.2. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Define ebullioscopic constant. Write its unit.
ii. State:
a. Second law of thermodynamics in terms of entropy.
b. Third law of thermodynamics.
iii. What is the hybridisation of carbon atom in diamond and graphite?
0.1 mole of Buckminster fullerene contains how many kg of carbon?
[Atomic mass of carbon = 12]

80
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Chemistry
iv. Draw structures of:
a. Chlorine trifluoride b. Chlorine pentafluoride
v. Derive an expression for maximum work in isothermal reversible expansion of two moles of an ideal
gas.
vi. Can copper sulphate solution be stored in an iron vessel? Explain.
vii. Define:
a. Average rate of reaction. b. Instantaneous rate of reaction.
viii. Define:
a. Hydrometallurgy b. Electrometallurgy
Q.3. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. What is the action of dioxygen on:
a. Calcium b. Iron c. Carbon disulphide?
ii. A solution of glucose in water is labelled as 10% (W/W).
Calculate:
a. Molality
b. Molarity of the solution.
[Given: Density of solution is 1.20 g mL−1 and molar mass of glucose is 180 g mol−1]
iii. Resistance of conductivity cell filled with 0.1 M KCl solution is 100 ohms. If the resistance
of the same cell when filled with 0.02 M KCl solution is 520 ohms, calculate the conductivity
and molar conductivity of 0.02 M KCl solution. [Given: Conductivity of 0.1 M KCl solution
is 1.29 S m−1.]
iv. Ammonia and oxygen react at high temperature as:
4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) → 4NO(g) + 6H2O(g)
In an experiment, rate of formation of NO(g) is 3.6 × 10−3 mol L−1 s−1.
Calculate:
a. Rate of disappearance of ammonia.
b. Rate of formation of water.
Q.4. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. What is the effect of temperature on solubility of a gas in a liquid?
Explain refining of nickel by Mond process.
State Kohlrausch’s law of independent migration of ions.
Silver crystallises in F.C.C. (face-centred cubic crystal) structure. The edge length of the unit cell is
found to be 408.7 pm. Calculate density of the unit cell.
[Given: Molar mass of silver is 108 g mol−1]
ii. Write ‘four’ uses of hydrochloric acid.
Write chemical formula of the following oxoacids of chlorine:
a. Hypochlorous acid b. Chlorous acid
c. Chloric acid d. Perchloric acid
The equilibrium constant Kp for the reaction,
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) is 130 at 510 K.
Calculate ∆G° for the following reaction at the same temperature:
2HI(g) H2(g) + I2(g)
[Given: R = 8.314 J K−1 mol−1]
81
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : October 2015
SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. Which among the following reducing agents is NOT used to reduce acetaldehyde to ethyl
alcohol?
(A) Na-Hg and water (B) Zn-Hg and conc. HCl
(C) H2-Raney Ni (D) LiAlH4/H+
ii. Acetaldehyde, when treated with which among the following reagents does NOT undergo
addition reaction?
(A) Ammonia (B) Hydroxylamine
(C) Ammoniacal silver nitrate (D) Semicarbazide
iii. What is natural rubber?
(A) Cis-1,4-polyisoprene (B) Neoprene
(C) Trans-1,4-polyisoprene (D) Butyl rubber
iv. What is salvarsan?
(A) An antiseptic (B) An antibiotic
(C) An antifertility drug (D) An analgesic
v. Which among the following vitamins is also known as riboflavin?
(A) B1 (B) B2
(C) B6 (D) B12
vi. The amine which reacts with nitrous acid to give yellow oily compound is _______.
(A) ethylamine (B) isopropylamine
(C) secondary butylamine (D) dimethylamine
vii. What is the molecular formula of chromyl chloride?
(A) CrO2Cl2 (B) CrOCl2
(C) CrCl3 (D) Cr2OCl2
Q.6. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Identify ‘A’ and ‘B’ in the following reaction :
HBr alc.KOH
CH3 − CH = CH2  → ‘A’  → ‘B’
ii. Distinguish between lanthanoids and actinoids.
iii. How are the following compounds prepared?
a. Benzyl alcohol from benzyl chloride.
b. Propan-1-ol from propanal
iv. What is the action of acetic anhydride on:
a. ethylamine?
b. diethylamine?
v. What are monosaccharides? Draw ring structure of α-D-(+)-glucopyranose.
vi. Explain the following terms:
a. Cationic detergents
b. Tranquilizers
vii. What is Stephen reaction?
viii. Explain Sidgwick’s electronic theory with suitable example.

82
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Chemistry
Q.7. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. What is the action of nitrous acid on:
a. primary nitroalkane?
b. secondary nitroalkane?
c. tertiary nitroalkane?
ii. What is peptide linkage? How is tripeptide formed?
iii. Write the reactions involved in the preparation of:
a. Teflon b. Orlon c. PVC
iv. What is the position of iron (Z = 26) in periodic table? Explain why is Fe3+ more stable than
Fe2+?
Q.8. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. Discuss the mechanism of alkaline hydrolysis of bromomethane.
How is carbolic acid prepared from chlorobenzene?
What is the action of bromine water on carbolic acid?
Write chemical test to distinguish between carbolic acid and alcohol.
ii. Explain cationic complexes and anionic complexes of coordination compounds.
Write the structure and IUPAC names of isomeric aldehydes having molecular formula C5H10O.
Draw the structure of aspirin.

83
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : October 2015

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : OCTOBER 2015


MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Graph of L.P.P. should be drawn on graph paper only.
iv. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.
v. Answers to both sections should be written in the same answer book.
vi. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.

SECTION – I

Q.1. (A) Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6) [12]
i. If p ˄ q = F, p → q = F, then the truth value of p and q is :
(A) T, T (B) T, F
(C) F, T (D) F, F
1 4 −2 
1 
ii. If A −1
= −2 −5 4  and | A | = 3, then (adj. A) = _______
3 
 1 −2 1 
1 4 −2   1 −2 1 
1 
(A) −2 −5 4  (B)  4 −5 −2 
9   
 1 −2 1   −2 4 1 

1 4 −2   −1 −4 2 
(C)  −2 −5 4  (D)  2 5 −4 
   
 1 −2 1   1 −2 1 
iii. The slopes of the lines given by 12x2 + bxy − y2 = 0 differ by 7. Then the value of b is :
(A) 2 (B) ± 2
(C) ± 1 (D) 1

(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)


i. In a ∆ ABC, with usual notations prove that:
a − b cos C cos B
=
b − a cos C cos A
ii. Find ‘k’, if the equation kxy + 10x + 6y + 4 = 0 represents a pair of straight lines.
iii. If A, B, C, D are four non-collinear points in the plane such that AD + BD + CD = O, then
prove that point D is the centroid of the ∆ABC.
iv. Find the direction cosines of the line
x + 2 2y − 5
= ; z = −1.
2 3
84
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Mathematics
v. Show that the points (1, 1, 1) and (−3, 0, 1) are equidistant from the plane
( )
r̂. 3iˆ + 4ˆj − 12kˆ + 13 = 0 .

Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6) [14]


i. Using truth table prove that p ↔ q ≡ (p ∧ q) ∨ (~p ∧ ~q).
ii. Prove that a homogeneous equation of second degree, ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 represents a pair of
straight lines passing through the origin, if h2 − ab ≥ 0.
iii. Prove that the volume of a parallelopiped with coterminal edges as a , b , c is [a, b, c] . Hence
find the volume of the parallelopiped with coterminal edges i + j, j + k and k + i.

(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)


1 3 3
i. Find the inverse of the matrix, A = 1 4 3 by using column transformations.
 
1 3 4 
(A − B)  a − b  C
ii. In ∆ABC, prove that : tan =  . cot .
2 a +b 2
x +1 y − 3 z + 2 x y −7 z +7
iii. Show that the lines = = ; and = = are coplanar. Find the
−3 2 1 1 −3 2
equation of the plane containing them.

Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6) [14]


i. Construct the simplified circuit for the following circuit:

SS'22
S1
S3

S′3 S′2 S1

ii. Express −ˆi − 3jˆ + 4kˆ as a linear combination of vectors 2iˆ + ˆj − 4k,
ˆ 2iˆ − ˆj + 3kˆ and 3iˆ + ˆj − 2k.
ˆ
x−7 y −7 z −6
iii. Find the length of the perpendicular from the point (3, 2, 1) to the line = = .
−2 2 3
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
1
i. Show that the angle between any two diagonals of a cube is cos −1   .
 3
ii. Minimize : Z = 6x + 4y
Subject to the conditions:
3x + 2y ≥ 12,
x + y ≥ 5,
0 ≤ x ≤ 4,
0≤y≤4
 x −1  −1  x + 2  π
iii. If tan −1   + cot   = ; find x.
 x−2  x +1  4
85
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : October 2015
SECTION – II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6)[12]
 x −1  –1  x + x  dy
i. If y = sec–1   + sin   , then = ...
 x+ x   x −1  dx
1
(A) x (B)
x
(C) 1 (D) 0
π
2
sin 4 x
ii. If I = ∫ 4 4
−π sin x + cos x
dx , then the value of I is:
2

(A) 0 (B) π
π π
(C) (D)
2 4
dy
iii. The solution of the differential equation = sec x – y tan x is:
dx
(A) y sec x = tan x + c (B) y sec x + tan x = c
(C) sec x = y tan x + c (D) sec x + y tan x = c
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
1
i. Evaluate: ∫ dx
x log x log (log x )
ii. Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola y2 = 4ax and its latus rectum.
iii. Find k, such that the function
 4
 k   ; x = 0,1,2,3,4. k > 0
P(x) =   x 
0 ;otherwise;
Is a probability mass function (p.m.f.).
iv. Given is X ~ B (n, p). If E(X) = 6, and Var(X) = 4.2, find the value of n.
dy
v. Solve the differential equation y − x =0
dx
Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Discuss the continuity of the function
1 − sin x π
f(x) = 2
, for x ≠
π  2
 − x
2 
π
= 3, for x = ,
2
π
at x =
2
π
ii. If f ′(x) = k(cos x − sin x), f ′(0) = 3 and f   = 15,
2
find f ′(x).
 3 cos x − 2sin x 
iii. Differentiate cos–1   w. r. t. x.
 13 

86
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Mathematics

(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)


2 2
1 −1 a + x
i. Show that: ∫x 2
a +x 2 a2 2 x
dx =
+c

ii. A rectangle has area 50 cm2. Find its dimensions when its perimeter is the least.
a a
iii. Prove that : ∫
−a
f (x) dx = 2. ∫
0
f (x) dx, if f (x) is an even function.

= 0, if f (x) is an odd function.


Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. If y = f (u) is a differential function of u and u = g(x) is a differential function of x, then prove
dy dy d u
that y = f [g(x)] is a differential function of x and = ×
dx du dx
ii. Each of the total five questions in a multiple choice examination has four choices, only one of
which is correct. A student is attempting to guess the answer. The random variable x is the
number of questions answered correctly. What is the probability that the student will give
atleast one correct answer?
iii. If f (x) = x2 + a, for x ≥ 0
1
= 2 x 2 + 1 + b, for x < 0 and f   = 2,
2
is continuous at x = 0, find a and b.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Find the approximate value of cos (89°, 30′). [Given is: 1° = 0⋅0175°C]
ii. Solve the differential equation:
dy
x+y = sec (x2 + y2). Also find the particular solution if x = y = 0.
dx
iii. Find the expected value, variance and standard deviation of random variable X whose
probability mass function (p.m.f.) is given below:
X=x 1 2 3
1 2 2
P(X = x)
5 5 5

87
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : October 2015

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : OCTOBER 2015


PHYSICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.

SECTION – I
Q.1. A. State an expression for the moment of inertia of a solid uniform disc, rotating about an axis
passing through its centre, perpendicular to its plane. Hence derive an expression for the
moment of inertia and radius of gyration:
i. about a tangent in the plane of the disc, and
ii. about a tangent perpendicular to the plane of the disc.
B. In a set, 21 turning forks are arranged in a series of decreasing frequencies. Each tuning fork
produces 4 beats per second with the preceding fork. If the first fork is an octave of the last
fork, find the frequencies of the first and tenth fork. [7]
OR
A. Discuss the composition of two S.H.M.s along the same path having same period. Find the
resultant amplitude and intial phase.
B. A sonometer wire is in unison with a tuning fork of frequency 125 Hz when it is stretched by
a weight. When the weight is completely immersed in water, 8 beats are heard per second.
Find the specific gravity of the material of the weight. [7]
Q.2. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question : [7]
i. Which of the following substances is ductile?
(A) Glass (B) High carbon steel
(C) Steel (D) Copper
ii. Angle of contact for the pair of pure water with clean glass is _______.
(A) acute (B) obtuse
(C) 90° (D) 0°
iii. A seconds pendulum is suspended in an elevator moving with constant speed in downward
direction. The periodic time (T) of that pendulum is _______.
(A) less than two seconds (B) equal to two seconds
(C) greater than two seconds (D) very much greater than two seconds
iv. The equation of a progressive wave is y = 7 sin (4t − 0.02x), where x and y are in cms and
time t in seconds. The maximum velocity of a particle is _______.
(A) 28 cm/s (B) 32 cm/s
(C) 49 cm/s (D) 112 cm/s
v. The dimensions of emissive power are
(A) [M1L−2T−3] (B) [M1L2T−3]
(C) [M1L0T−3] (D) [M1L0T−2]
76
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics
2E
vi. The pressure (P) of an ideal gas having volume (V) is , then the energy E is _______.
3V
(A) translational kinetic (B) rotational kinetic
(C) vibrational kinetic (D) inversely proportional to pressure
vii. The fundamental frequency of transverse vibration of a stretched string of radius r is
proportional to _______.
(A) r−2 (B) r−1
1

(C) r 2
(D) r2
Q.3. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. Draw a neat labelled diagram of conical pendulum. State the expression for its periodic time
in terms of length.
ii. A raindrop of diameter 4 mm is about to fall on the ground. Calculate the pressure inside the
raindrop. [Surface tension of water T = 0⋅072 N/m, atmospheric pressure = 1⋅013 × 105 N/m2]
iii. Discuss the weightlessness experienced by an astronaut in an orbiting satellite.
iv. The periodic time of a linear harmonic oscillator is 2π second, with maximum displacement
of 1 cm. If the particle starts from extreme position, find the displacement of the particle
π
after seconds.
3
v. State and prove : Law of conservation of angular momentum.
vi. A pinhole is made in a hollow sphere of radius 5 cm whose inner wall is at temperature
727°C. Find the power radiated per unit area. [Stefan’s constant σ = 5⋅7 × 10−8J/m2s K4,
emissivity (e) = 0⋅2]
vii. Draw a neat labelled diagram showing forces acting on the meniscus of water in a capillary
tube.
viii. Compute the temperature at which the r.m.s. speed of nitrogen molecules is 832 m/s.
[Universal gas constant, R = 8320 J/k mole K, molecular weight of nitrogen = 28.]
Q.4. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. Discuss the behaviour of wire under increasing load.
ii. Determine the binding energy of satellite of mass 1000 kg revolving in a circular orbit around
the Earth when it is close to the surface of Earth. Hence find kinetic energy and potential
energy of the satellite.
[Mass of Earth = 6 × 1024 kg, radius of Earth = 6400 km; gravitational constant
G = 6⋅67 × 10−11 Nm2/kg2]
iii. Show that all harmonics are present on a stretched string between two rigid supports.
iv. A stone of mass 100 g attached to a string of length 50 cm is whirled in a vertical circle by
giving velocity at lowest point as 7 m/s. Find the velocity at the highest point.
[Acceleration due to gravity = 9⋅8 m/s2]

SECTION – II
Q.5. A. Obtain an expression for average power dissipated in a purely resistive A.C. circult. Define
power factor of the circuit and state its value for purely resistive A.C. circult.
B. A rectangular coil of a moving coil galvanometer contains 50 turns each having area 12 cm2.
It is suspended in radial magnetic field 0⋅025 Wb/m2 by a fibre of twist constant
15 × 10−10 N-m/degree. Calculate the sensitivity of the moving coil galvanometer. [7]
77
Board Question Paper : October 2015 NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS

OR
A. State Bohr’s third postulate for hydrogen (H2) atom. Derive Bohr’s formula for the wave number.
Obtain expressions for longest and shortest wavelength of spectral lines in ultraviolet region
for hydrogen atom.
B. The photoelectric current in a photoelectric cell can be reduced to zero by a stopping potential
of 1⋅8 volt. Monochromatic light of wavelength 2200Å is incident on the cathode. Find the
maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons in joules. [Charge on electron = 1⋅6 × 10−19 C] [7]
Q.6. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question : [7]
i. Which one of the following particles cannot be accelerated by a cyclotron?
(A) Electrons (B) Protons
(C) Deuterons (D) α − particles
ii. In biprism experiment two interfering waves are produced due to division of _______.
(A) amplitude (B) wavefront
(C) amplitude and wavefront (D) neither wavefront nor amplitude
iii. The output of NOR gate is high, when _______.
(A) all inputs are high (B) all inputs are low
(C) only one of its inputs is high (D) only one of its inputs is low
iv. Light of a certain wavelength has a wave number υ in vacuum. Its wave number in a
medium of refractive index n is _______.
n 1
(A) (B)
υ nυ
υ
(C) (D) nυ
n
v. If the radius of a sphere is doubled without changing the charge on it, then electric flux
originating from the sphere is ______.
(A) double (B) half
(C) same (D) zero
vi. The momentum of a photon of de Broglie wavelength 5000Å is _______.
[Planck’s constant = 6⋅63 × 10−34 J.s.]
(A) 1⋅326 × 10−28 kg-m/s (B) 7⋅54 × 10−28 kg-m/s
(C) 1⋅326 × 10 kg-m/s
−27
(D) 7⋅54 × 10−27 kg-m/s
vii. Ionosphere mainly consists of _______.
(A) positive ions and electrons (B) water vapour and smoke
(C) ozone layer (D) dust particles
Q.7. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. State any ‘two’ possible sources of errors in meter-bridge experiment. How can they be
minimised?
ii. A potentionmeter wire has resistance of per unit length of 0⋅1 Ω/m. A cell of e.m.f. 1⋅5V
balances against 300 cm length of the wire. Find the current in the potentiometer wire.
iii. Give any ‘two’ points of differences between diamagnetic and ferromagnetic substances.
iv. An iron rod of area of cross-section 0⋅1m2 is subjected to a magnetising field of 1000 A/m.
Calculate the magnetic permeability of the iron rod.
[Magnetic susceptibility of iron = 59⋅9, magnetic permeability of vacuum = 4π × 10−7 S. I.
unit]
v. Draw a neat labelled circuit diagram of experimental arrangement for study of photoelectric
effect.
78
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics
vi. A coil of 100 turns, each of area 0⋅02 m2 is kept in a uniform field of induction 3⋅5 × 10−5 T.
If the coil rotates with a speed of 6000 r.p.m. about an axis in the plane of the coil and
perpendicular to the magnetic induction, calculate peak value of e.m.f. induced in the coil.
vii. Define modulation and transducer.
viii. In a biprism experiment, when a convex lens was placed between the biprism and eyepiece at
a distance of 30 cm from the slit, the virtual images of the slits are found to be separated by
7 mm. If the distance between the slit and biprism is 10 cm and between the biprism and
eyepiece is 80cm, find the linear magnification of the image.
Q.8. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. With the help of a neat circuit diagram, explain the working of a photodiode. State its any
‘two’ uses.
ii. A parallel beam of monochromatic light is incident on a glass slab at an angle of incidence
60°. Find the ratio of width of the beam in the glass to that in the air if refractive index of
glass is 3/2.
iii. With the help of neat diagram, explain how non-polar dielectric material is polarised in
external electric field of increasing intensity. Define polarisation in dielectrics.
iv. In a single slit diffraction pattern, the distance between first minima on the right and first
minima on the left of central maximum is 4 mm. The screen on which the pattern is
displaced, is 2m from the slit and wavelength of light used is 6000Å. Calculate width of the
slit and width of the central maximum.

79
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2016

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : JULY 2016


BIOLOGY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to Section-I and Section-II should be written in Two Separate answer books.
iii. Questions from Section-I attempted in the answer book of Section-II and vice-versa will not be
assessed / not be given any credit.
iv. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
vi. Answer to every new question must begin on a new page.

SECTION – I
[BOTANY]
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. Genotype of human blood group ‘O’ will be __________.
(A) IAIA (B) IAIB
(C) ii (D) IAi
ii. ‘Cry’ genes are present in __________.
(A) Agrobacterium tumefaciens (B) Bacillus thuringiensis
(C) Rhizobium species (D) Escherichia coli
iii. ‘Tropane’ is obtained from __________.
(A) Daucus carota (B) Catharanthus roseus
(C) Datura stramoneum (D) Mentha piperata
iv. Which of the following vitamins is not fat soluble?
(A) Vitamin A (B) Vitamin B
(C) Vitamin D (D) Vitamin K
v. How many meiotic divisions are required to produce 200 seeds?
(A) 50 (B) 100
(C) 200 (D) 250
vi. Energy flow in ecosystem is __________.
(A) reverse (B) unidirectional
(C) bidirectional (D) multidirectional
vii. Endosperm of angiosperm is __________.
(A) haploid (B) diploid
(C) triploid (D) tetraploid
Q.2. (A) Answer in ‘One’ sentence only : (6)[12]
i. What is Bacteriophage?
ii. What is emasculation?
iii. What is VAM?
iv. What is the role of decomposers in an ecosystem?
v. Name any two edible mushrooms.
vi. What is ecological succession?
116
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Biology
(B) Sketch and label the ‘Ultrastructure of Mitochondrion’. (2)
(C) Answer the following (Any TWO): (4)
i. Give the floral adaptations for anemophily.
ii. Name any two antibiotics with their microbial source.
iii. Describe the formation of helobial endosperm.
iv. Give the hazardous effects of agrochemicals.
Q.3. (A) Answer the following (Any TWO): (6)[9]
i. Explain incomplete dominance with suitable example.
ii. What are transgenic plants? Explain with any two examples.
iii. Explain micropropagation and somatic hybridization.
(B) Sketch and label stages in development of angiospermic female gametophyte from functional
megaspore. (3)
Q.4. Give the central dogma of protein synthesis. Explain the process of translation. [7]
OR
What is dark reaction in photosynthesis? Describe C3 Pathway.
SECTION – II
[ZOOLOGY]
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. Vermiform appendix is an example of __________ organ.
(A) vestigeal (B) homologous
(C) sense (D) analogous
ii. In which of the following disorders number of chromosomes present is 47?
(A) Turner’s syndrome
(B) Cushing’s syndrome
(C) Acquired Immuno - Deficiency Syndrome
(D) Down’s syndrome
iii. Human blood clotting factor VIII is used to treat __________.
(A) pituitary dwarfism (B) diabetes mellitus
(C) haemophilliacs (D) cystic fibrosis
iv. A person suffering from diabetes insipidus shows __________.
(A) hyperglycemia (B) hypoglycemia
(C) polyuria (D) hypertension
v. Photoreceptor cells are present in __________.
(A) blind spot (B) retina
(C) cochlea (D) cornea
vi. ‘HAART’ is suggested for the treatment of __________
(A) malaria (B) cancer
(C) AIDS (D) high chloesterol level
vii. For DNA fingerprinting radioactive probe obtained from __________ is used in India.
(A) Banded Krait (B) King Cobra
(C) Viper (D) Rat snake
117
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2016
Q.6. (A) Answer in ‘One’ sentence each: (6)[9]
i. Give any two examples of commensalism.
ii. What is the common name of Apis mellifera?
iii. Which growth hormone is used to enhance dairy productivity?
iv. Define Linkage.
v. Name of two classes to which Archaeopteryx acts as connecting link.
vi. Define the term natality.
(B) Sketch and label Malpighian body. (2)
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. Enlist any four sequential evolutionary names of human ancestors.
ii. Give the significance of transgenic animals for betterment of life.
iii. Give the economic importance of lac.
iv. Give the fate of mesoderm.
Q.7. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[9]
i. Explain the mechanism of sex determination in birds.
ii. Give any two unique features of acquired immunity.
iii. With the help of pyramid, describe the growing population.
(B) Sketch and label reflex arc. (3)
Q.8. Explain the process of early cleavage till the formation of morula. [7]
OR
Describe five types of leucocytes, with the help of diagrams. Add a note on their functions.

118
Board Question Paper : July 2016 NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : JULY 2016


CHEMISTRY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to the two sections are to be written in the same answer book.
iii. Figures to the right hand side indicate full marks.
iv. Write balanced chemical equations and draw neat and labelled diagrams, wherever necessary.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Answer to every question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. Schottky defects are observed in which solid among the following?
(A) Brass (B) Cesium Chloride
(C) Zinc sulphide (D) Stainless steel

ii. ‘No machine has an efficiency unity’, is stated in _______ .


(A) first law of thermodynamics (B) second law of thermodynamics
(C) third law of thermodynamics (D) Hess’s law of constant heat summation

iii. Which among the following reactions is an example of a zero order reaction?
(A) H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)
(B) 2H2O2(l) → 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
(C) C12H22O11(aq) + H2O(l) → C6H12O6(aq) + C6H12O6(aq)
Pt
(D) 2NH3(g)  → N2(g) + 3H2(g)

iv. Potential of saturated calomel electrode is _______ .


(A) 0.242 V (B) 1.1 V
(C) 0.337 V (D) 0.28 V

v. Which of the following compounds is used as a semipermeable membrane?


(A) Potassium ferrocyanide (B) Potassium argentocyanide
(C) Sodium meta aluminate (D) Copper ferrocyanide

vi. Which among the following minerals does NOT contain aluminium?
(A) Cryolite (B) Siderite
(C) China clay (D) Corundum

vii. The group 15 element having inner electronic configuration as of argon is ______ .
(A) Phosphorus (Z = 15) (B) Antimony (Z = 51)
(C) Arsenic (Z = 33) (D) Nitrogen (Z = 7)
108
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Chemistry
Q.2. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Write chemical reactions involved in Van Arkel method for refining titanium.
ii. Explain the relationship between Gibbs standard energy change of the reaction and
equilibrium constant.
iii. A face centred cube (fcc) consists of how many atoms? Explain.
iv. Describe isolation method in determination of rate law and order of reaction.
v. Explain the following methods to protect metals from corrosion:
a. Galvanization
b. Passivation
vi. Write the Nernst equation and explain the terms involved.
vii. What happens when dilute sulphuric acid is treated with:
a. Fe? b. CaF2?
viii. Define:
a. Osmosis b. Freezing point

Q.3. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]


i. The rate constant of a first order reaction are 0.58 s–1 at 313 K and 0.045 s–1 at 293 K. What is
the energy of activation for the reaction?
ii. Calculate the standard enthalpy of the reaction,
2C(graphite) + 3H2(g) → C2H6(g) ; ∆H° = ?
from the following ∆H° values:
7
a. C2H6(g) + O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + 3H2O(l) ; ∆H° = –1560 kJ
2
1
b. H2(g) + O2(g) → H2O(l) ; ∆H° = –285.8 kJ
2
c. C(graphite) + O2(g) → CO2(g) ; ∆H° = –393.5 kJ.

iii. 3.795 g of sulphur is dissolved in 100 g of CS2. This solution boils at 319.81 K. What is
molecular formula of sulphur in solution? The boiling point of CS2 is 319.45 K.
(Given that Kb for CS2 = 2.42 K kg mol–1 and atomic mass of S = 32.)
iv. Write the reactions involved in large scale preparation of nitric acid.

Q.4. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]


i. State third law of thermodynamics. Write applications of standard molar entropy.
Draw neat labelled diagram of electrolytic refining of blister copper.
Determine the density of cesium chloride which crystallizes in bcc type structure with the
edge length 412.1 pm. The atomic masses of Cs and Cl are 133 and 35.5 respectively.
Predict the coordination number of Cs+ ion if rCs+ = 1.69 Å and r = 1.81 Å.
Cl −

ii. What happens when thin copper leaves are thrown in jar containing chlorine?
H2O is liquid while H2S is gas at room temperature. Explain.
The conductivity of 0.02 M AgNO3 at 25°C is 2.428 × 10–3 Ω–1 cm–1. What is its molar
conductivity? State Henry’s law.
109
Board Question Paper : July 2016
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS

SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. Sodium acetate reacts with ethanoyl chloride to form _______.
(A) acetic acid (B) acetone
(C) acetic anhydride (D) sodium formate
ii. Natalite is a mixture of _______.
(A) diethyl ether and methanol (B) diethyl ether and ethanol
(C) dimethyl ether and methanol (D) dimethyl ether and ethanol
iii. What is effective atomic number of Fe (Z = 26) in [Fe(CN)6]4–?
(A) 12 (B) 30
(C) 26 (D) 36
iv. Maltose is a ______ .
(A) polysaccharide (B) disaccharide
(C) trisaccharide (D) monosaccharide
v. Which one of the following oxidation state of manganese is unstable?
(A) +2 (B) +4
(C) +5 (D) +7
vi. IUPAC name of the following compound is _______ .

Br
(A) 3-Bromo-3,4-dimethylheptane (B) 3,4-dimethyl-3-bromoheptane
(C) 5-Bromo-4,5-dimethylheptane (D) 4,5-dimethyl-5-bromoheptane
vii. Which of the following compounds is NOT prepared by the action of alcoholic NH3 on alkyl
halide?
(A) CH3 − NH2 (B) CH3 – CH2 – NH2
(C) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – NH2 (D) (CH3)3C – NH2
Q.6. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Write IUPAC names of the following compounds:
a. O b. O O
CH3 CH3 – C – C – CH3
ii. What are the sources of Vitamin C and Vitamin K?
iii. Write four points of distinction between lanthanoids and actinoids.
iv. How is benzonitrile converted to benzophenone?
v. Write the formulae of the raw materials used for preparation of:
a. Buna-S
b. Dextron
vi. Write a note on Sandmeyer’s reaction.
110
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Chemistry
vii. What is the action of benzene diazonium chloride on:
a. phenol in alkaline medium?
b. aniline?
viii. Explain any two chemical methods of food preservation.
Q.7. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. What is the action of following reagents on glucose?
a. Bromine water
b. Dilute HNO3
c. Hydroxylamine
ii. Define ligand. Write four postulates of Werner’s theory.
iii. Write reactions involved in preparation of potassium dichromate from chrome iron ore.
iv. What is metamerism?
Write the structure and IUPAC name of methyl-n-propylether.
What is the action of hot HI on it?
Q.8. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. a. How are the following polymers prepared?
1. Orlon 2. Teflon
b. Classify the following drugs into analgesics and antibiotics.
1. Ofloxacin 2. Morphine
3. Ampicillin 4. Chloramphenicol
c. Identify ‘A’ and ‘B’ and rewrite the reactions.
CH3
1. NH2 NaNO 2
→
HBr
Cu 2 Br2
(A)  → (B) + N2 ↑
273K

2. Alcoholic KOH
H3C – CH2 – CH – CH3  ∆
→ (A) + (B) + 2KBr + 2H2O
Br
+ −
3. Ag 2 O/H 2 O
C2H5 – N ( CH 3 )3 I  ∆

→ (A)  → (B) + (CH3)3N + H2O

ii. How are the following conversions carried out?


a. 2-methylbutan-l-ol into 2-methylbutanoic acid
b. Phenylethene into benzoic acid
c. Benzoic acid into meta-nitrobenzoic acid.
What is the action of benzene sulphonyl chloride on primary, secondary and tertiary amines?
Write two uses of formaldehyde.

111
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2016

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : JULY 2016


MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Graph of L.P.P. should be drawn on graph paper only.
iv. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.
v. Answers to both sections should be written in the same answer book.
vi. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following
sub-questions: (6)[12]
i. Inverse of the statement pattern (p ∨ q) → (p ∧ q) is
(A) (p ∧ q) → (p ∨ q) (B) ∼ (p ∨ q) → (p ∧ q)
(C) (∼ p ∨ ∼ q) → (∼ p ∧ ∼ q) (D) (∼ p ∧ ∼ q) → (∼ p ∨ ∼ q)
ii. If the vectors 2iˆ − qjˆ + 3kˆ and 4iˆ − 5jˆ + 6kˆ are collinear, then value of q is
5 5
(A) 5 (B) 10 (C) (D)
2 4
A
iii. If in ∆ABC with usual notations a = 18, b = 24, c = 30 then sin is equal to
2
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5 10 15 2 5
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
i. Find the angle between the lines
( )
r = 3iˆ + 2ˆj − 4kˆ + λ ˆi + 2ˆj + 2kˆ and

(
r = 5iˆ − 2kˆ +µ 3iˆ + 2ˆj + 6kˆ )
ii. If p, q, r are the statements with truth values T, F, T, respectively then find the truth value of
(r ∧ q) ↔ ∼ p
 2 −3 -1
iii. If A =   then find A by adjoint method.
 3 5 
iv. By vector method show that the quadrilateral with vertices A (1, 2, –1), B (8, –3, –4),
C (5, –4, 1), D (–2, 1, 4) is a parallelogram.
v. Find the general solution of the equation sin x = tan x.
Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Find the joint equation of pair of lines passing through the origin and perpendicular to the
lines represented by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
 −1 
ii. Find the principal value of sin–1  
 2

112
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Mathematics

iii. ( ) ( ) (
Find the cartesian form of the equation of the plane r = ˆi + ˆj + s ˆi − ˆj + 2kˆ + t ˆi + 2ˆj + kˆ )
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Simplify the following circuit so that new circuit has minimum number of switches. Also
draw simplified circuit.

S1 S2′

S1′ S2

S1′ S2′
L

ii. A line makes angles of measures 45° and 60° with positive direction of y and z axes
respectively. Find the d.c.s. of the line and also find the vector of magnitude 5 along the
direction of line.
iii. Maximize:
z = 3x + 5y
Subject to: x + 4y ≤ 24
3x + y ≤ 21
x+y≤9
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
x +1 y +1 z +1 x−3 y −5 z −7
i. Find the shortest distance between the lines = = and = =
7 −6 1 1 −2 1
ii. Show that the points (1, –1, 3) and (3, 4, 3) are equidistant from the plane
5x + 2y – 7z + 8 = 0
iii. In any triangle ABC with usual notations prove c = a cos B + b cos A
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Find p and k if the equation px2 – 8xy + 3y2 +14x + 2y + k = 0 represents a pair of
perpendicular lines.
ii. The cost of 4 dozen pencils, 3 dozen pens and 2 dozen erasers is ` 60. The cost of 2 dozen
pencils, 4 dozen pens and 6 dozen erasers is ` 90 whereas the cost of 6 dozen pencils, 2 dozen
pens and 3 dozen erasers is ` 70. Find the cost of each item per dozen by using matrices.
iii. Prove that the volume of the parallelopiped with coterminus edges as a , b,c is a , b,c  and
hence find the volume of the parallelopiped with its coterminus edges 2iˆ + 5jˆ − 4k, ˆ
5iˆ + 7ˆj + 5k,
ˆ and 4iˆ + 5jˆ − 2kˆ .

SECTION – II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following
sub-questions: (6)[12]
7
  dy  3  3  d2 y 
i. The order and degree of the differential equation 1 +    = 7  2  are respectively.
  dx    dx 
(A) 2, 3 (B) 3, 2
(C) 2, 2 (D) 3, 3
113
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2016
9
1
ii. ∫
4 x
dx = _______

(A) 1 (B) –2
(C) 2 (D) –1
iii. If the p.d.f. of a continuous random variable X is given as
x2
f(x) = for –1 < x < 2
3
=0 otherwise.
then c.d.f. fo X is
x3 1 x3 1
(A) + (B) −
9 9 9 9
x2 1 1 1
(C) + (D) +
4 4 9 x3 9
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
dy
i. If y = sec x then find .
dx

ii. Evaluate : ∫
( x +1) dx
( x + 2 )( x + 3)
iii. Find the area of the region lying in the first quandrant bounded by the curve y2 = 4x, X axis
and the lines x = 1, x = 4.
iv. Solve the differential equation sec2 x tan y dx + sec2 y tan x dy = 0
v. Given X ~ B(n, p) if E(X) = 6, Var (X) = 4⋅2, find the value of n and p.

Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]


2

i. If the function f (x) =


(4 sin x
− 1)
, for x ≠ 0 is continuous at x = 0, find f (0).
x ⋅ log (1+ 2 x )
1
ii. Evaluate : ∫ 3 + 2 sin x + cos x dx
iii. If y = f(x) is differentiable function of x such that inverse function x = f–1 (y) exists then prove
dx 1 dy
that x is a differentiable function of y and = , where ≠0
dy  dy  dx
 
 dx 

(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)


i. A point source of light is hung 30 feet directly above a straight horizontal path on which a
man of 6 feet in height is walking. How fast is the man’s shadow lengthening and how fast
the tip of shadow is moving when he is walking away from the light at the rate of 100 ft/min?
ii. The p.m.f. for X = number of major defects in a randomly selected appliance of a certain type
is

X=x 0 1 2 3 4
P (x) 0⋅08 0⋅15 0⋅45 0⋅27 0⋅05

Find the expected value and variance of X.


114
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Mathematics
a a
iii. Prove that ∫
0
f (x) dx = ∫
0
f (a – x) dx
π
2
sin x
hence evaluate ∫ sin x + cos x ⋅ dx
0

Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]


tan x tan x dy
i. If y = e + (log x) then find
dx
ii. If the probability that a fluorescent light has a useful life of at least 800 hours is 0⋅9, find the
probabilities that among 20 such lights at least 2 will not have a useful life of at least 800
hours. [Given : (0⋅9)19 = 0⋅1348]
iii. Find α and β, so that the function f (x) defined by
π
f (x) = –2 sin x, for –π ≤ x ≤ –
2
π π
= α sin x + β, for – < x <
2 2
π
= cos x, for ≤ x ≤ π is continuous on [–π, π]
2
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)

i. Find the equation of a curve passing through the point (0, 2), given that the sum of the
coordinates of any point on the curve exceeds the slope of the tangent to the curve at that
point by 5.
ii. If u and v are two functions of x then prove that :
 du 
∫ uv dx = u ∫ v dx – ∫  dx ∫ v dx  dx
Hence evaluate ∫ x ex dx

iii. Find the approximate value of log10 (1016) given that log10e = 0⋅4343.

115
Board Question Paper : July 2016 NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : JULY 2016


PHYSICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.
vi. Answers to both sections must be written in the same answerbook.
vii. Answer to every question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. The difference in tensions in the string at lowest and highest points in the path of the particle
of mass ‘m’ performing vertical circular motion is:
(A) 2 mg (B) 4 mg
(C) 6 mg (D) 8 mg
ii. The body is rotating with uniform angular velocity (ω) having rotational kinetic energy (E).
Its angular momentum (L) is:
2E E2
(A) (B)
ω ω
E E
(C) 2
(D)
ω 2ω
iii. The S.I. unit of compressibility is ______.
m2
(A) (B) Nm2
N
N kg
(C) (D)
m2 m3
iv. The working of RADAR is based on ______.
(A) resonance (B) speed of a star
(C) Doppler effect (D) speed of rotation of sun
v. If two capillary tubes of different diameters are partially dipped in the same liquid vertically,
then the rise of liquid ______.
(A) is same in both the tubes.
(B) is more in the tube of larger diameter.
(C) will not be in smaller diameter tube.
(D) is more in the tube of smaller diameter.
vi. A sonometer wire vibrates with three nodes and two antinodes, the corresponding mode of
vibration is ______.
(A) First overtone (B) Second overtone
(C) Third overtone (D) Fourth overtone
104
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics
vii. Two gases exert pressure in the ratio 3:2 and their densities are in the ratio 2:3, then the ratio
of their R.M.S. velocities is ______.
(A) 2:3 (B) 3:2
(C) 2:1 (D) 1:2

Q.2. Attempt any SIX : [12]


i. Draw a neat labelled diagram showing the various forces and their components acting on a
vehicle moving along curved banked road.
ii. Obtain an expression for critical velocity of a satellite orbiting around the earth.
iii. Draw a neat labelled diagram of rise of liquid in capillary tube showing different components
of tension (force).
iv. State any four assumptions of kinetic theory of gases.
v. A tube open at both ends has length 47 cm. Calculate the fundamental frequency of air
column. (Neglect end correction. Speed of sound in air is 3.3 × 102 m/s).
vi. A uniform solid sphere has a radius 0.1 m and density 6 × 103 kg/m3. Find its moment of
inertia about a tangent to its surface.
vii. A particle executes S.H.M. with a period of 10 seconds. Find the time in which its potential
energy will be half of its total energy.
viii. A stone of mass 2 kg is whirled in a horizontal circle attached at the end of 1.5 m long string.
If the string makes an angle of 30o with vertical, compute its period. (g = 9.8 m/s2)

Q.3. Attempt any THREE [9]


i. State Kepler’s laws of planetary motion.
ii. Obtain an expression for torque acting on a body rotating with uniform angular acceleration.
iii. A steel wire having cross-sectional area 2 mm2 is stretched by 10 N. Find the lateral strain
produced in the wire.
(Given : Y for steel = 2 × 1011 N/m2, Poisson’s ratio σ = 0.29)
iv. A body cools from 62 oC to 54 oC in 10 minutes and to 48 oC in the next 10 minutes. Find the
temperature of the surroundings.

Q.4. A. Explain the formation of stationary wave by analytical method. Show that nodes and
antinodes are equally spaced in a stationary wave.

B. The speed limit for a vehicle on road is 120 km/hr. A policeman detects a drop of 10% in the
pitch of horn of a car as it passes him. Is the policeman justified in punishing the car driver
for crossing the speed limit?
(Given : Velocity of sound = 340 m/s) [7]

OR

A. Define practical simple pendulum.


Show that motion of bob of pendulum with small amplitude is linear S.H.M. Hence obtain an
expression for its period. What are the factors on which its period depends?

B. The total free surface energy of a liquid drop is π 2 times the surface tension of the liquid.
Calculate the diameter of the drop in S.I. unit. [7]

105
Board Question Paper : July 2016 NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS

SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. A parallel beam of light travelling in water is incident obliquely on a glass surface. After
refraction its width ______.
(A) decreases (B) increases
(C) remains the same (D) becomes zero
ii. If ‘a’ is the aperture of telescope and ‘λ’ is the wavelength of light then resolving power of
telescope is ______.
λ 1 ⋅ 22a
(A) (B)
1 ⋅ 22a λ
1 ⋅ 22λ a
(C) (D)
a 1 ⋅ 22λ
iii. From earth’s surface, ionospheric layer of atmosphere lies between ______.
(A) 12 km to 50 km (B) 50 km to 80 km
(C) 80 km to 400 km (D) 400 km to 700 km
iv. The kinetic energy of emitted photoelectrons is independent of ______.
(A) frequency of incident radiation.
(B) intensity of incident radiation.
(C) wavelength of incident radiation.
(D) collector plate potential.
v. In hydrogen atom Balmer series in obtained when the electron jumps from ______.
(A) higher orbit to first orbit
(B) first orbit to a higher orbit
(C) higher orbit to the second orbit
(D) second orbit to a higher orbit
vi. The fraction of the total current passing through the galvanometer is ______.
S G
(A) (B)
S+ G S+ G
S+ G S+ G
(C) (D)
G S
vii. A meter gauge train is heading north with speed 54 km/hr in earth’s magnetic field
3 × 10–4 T. The e.m.f. induced across the axle joining the wheels is ______.
(A) 0⋅45 mV (B) 4⋅5 mV
(C) 45 mV (D) 450 mv
Q.6. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. Distinguish between intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor. (Give any two points).
ii. Draw the block diagram of a receiver in communication system.
iii. A point is situated at 6⋅5 cm and 6⋅65 cm from two coherent sources. Find the nature of
illumination at the point, if wavelength of light is 5000 Å.
iv. Draw the diagrams showing the dipole moments in paramagnetic substance when external
magnetic field is (a) absent (b) strong.
v. A voltmeter has a resistance of 100 Ω. What will be its reading when it is connected across a
cell of e.m.f. 2 V and internal resistance 20 Ω?
106
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics
vi. The susceptibility of magnesium at 300 K is 1⋅2 × 10–5. At what temperature will the
susceptibility increase to 1⋅8 × 10–5?
vii. What is de Broglie wavelength of an electron accelerated through 25000 volt?
viii. Draw the schematic symbols for AND, OR, NOT and NAND gate.
Q.7. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. Using analytical method for interference bands, obtain an expression for path difference
between two light waves.
ii. State law of radioactive decay. Hence derive the relation N = Noe–λt. Represent it graphically.
iii. Determine the change in wavelength of light during its passage from air to glass, if the
refractive index of glass with respect to air is 1⋅5 and the frequency of light is 5 × 1014 Hz.
Find the wave number of light in glass (velocity of light in air c = 3 × 108 m/s).
iv. Light of wavelength 3000 Å falls on a metal surface having work function 2⋅3 eV. Calculate
the maximum velocity of ejected electrons.
(Planck’s constant h = 6⋅63 × 10–34 Js, Velocity of light c = 3 × 108 m/s, mass of an electron =
9⋅1 × 10–31 kg)
Q.8. A. What is electromagnetic induction?

Prove theoretically e =
dt
B. A potentiometer wire has length of 2 m and resistance 10 Ω. It is connected in series with
resistance 990 Ω and a cell of e.m.f. 2 V. Calculate the potential gradient along the wire. [7]
OR
A. With the help of a neat diagram, describe the construction and working of van de Graff
generator.
B. A moving coil galvanometer has a resistance of 25 Ω and gives a full scale deflection for a
current of 10 mA. How will you convert it into a voltmeter having range 0 – 100 V? [7]

107
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Biology

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2016


BIOLOGY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to Section-I and Section-II should be written in Two Separate answer books.
iii. Questions from Section-I attempted in the answer book of Section-II and vice-versa will not be
assessed / not be given any credit.
iv. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
vi. Answer to every new question must begin on a new page.

SECTION – I
[BOTANY]
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. The phenotypic ratio of incomplete dominance is _______.
(A) 2 : 1 (B) 1 : 2 : 1
(C) 1 : 1 : 1 (D) 1 : 1 : 2
ii. The number of purines in a segment of DNA molecule is 68. What will be the number of
pyrimidines in this segment?
(A) 34 (B) 43
(C) 68 (D) 86
iii. Alcoholic fermentation is brought about by _______.
(A) Lactobacillus (B) Saccharomyces
(C) Trichoderma (D) Streptomyces
iv. Which of the following is not a photosynthetic pigment?
(A) Carotene (B) Xanthophyll
(C) Phycobillins (D) Anthocyanin
v. Which one of the following is a stop codon?
(A) UAG (B) UAC
(C) AUG (D) UCA
vi. Pyruvate undergoes oxidative decarboxylation to produce _______.
(A) 2-PGA (B) α-Ketoglutarate
(C) Succinyl - Co- A (D) Acetyl - Co – A
vii. Which day is observed as ‘World Environment Day’?
(A) 21st May (B) 5th June
th
(C) 25 September (D) 13th December
Q.2. (A) Answer in ‘One’ sentence only : (6)[12]
i. What is test cross?
ii. What is mycoherbicide?
iii. What is Anticodon?
iv. What is Humification?
v. How CO2 makes idlies puffy?
vi. What is ecological succession?
101
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2016
(B) Sketch and label ‘Ultrastructure of Chloroplast’. (2)
(C) Answer the following (Any TWO): (4)
i. Write a short note on ‘Mutational breeding’.
ii. Enlist the advantages of Biogas.
iii. Explain ‘Carbon cycle’.
iv. Give the floral adaptations for chiropterophily.
Q.3. (A) Answer the following (Any TWO): (6)[9]
i. Why the ratio in pleiotropy is 2 : 1? Explain it with example.
ii. Give the schematic representation of TCA cycle.
iii. Differentiate between cyclic and non-cyclic photophosphorylation.
(B) Give diagrammatic representation to show a perfect pairing and any ‘two’ Wobble pairings. (3)
Q.4. What is double fertilization? Describe the process in brief. [7]
OR
Define r-DNA technology. Give the basic steps in r-DNA technology and give any ‘three’
examples of the therapeutic products produced by r-DNA technology.
SECTION – II
[ZOOLOGY]
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. If centromere is situated in the middle of the chromosome, it is called _______.
(A) metacentric (B) acrocentric
(C) submetacentric (D) telocentric
ii. Which one of the following is useful in treatment of burns and wound healing?
(A) Tissue plasminogen activator.
(B) Tissue Growth Factor.
(C) DNAse
(D) Bovine growth hormone.
iii. Erythroblastosis foetalis is caused when mother is
(A) Rh+ve (B) with antibody ‘a’
–ve
(C) Rh (D) with antibody ‘b’
iv. Deposition of fatty substances in the lining of arteries results in _______.
(A) arteriosclerosis (B) atherosclerosis
(C) hyperglycemia (D) hypotension
v. Struggle between cow and cow for getting grass is called _______.
(A) inter-specific struggle (B) environmental struggle
(C) struggle against natural calamities (D) intra-specific struggle
vi. In which type of adaptation, forelimbs are modified into wings?
(A) Aquatic adaptation (B) Volant adaptation
(C) Arboreal adaptation (D) Cursorial adaptation
vii. Mating of two closely related individuals within the same breed is called _______.
(A) in-breeding (B) out-breeding
(C) out-crossing (D) cross-breeding

102
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Biology
Q.6. (A) Answer in ‘One’ sentence each: (6)[12]
i. Visit of a veterinary doctor to dairy farm is mandatory. Give reasons.
ii. Why aquatic animals can afford to be ammonotelic?
iii. Why PUC is mandatory for all vehicles?
iv. Define organic evolution.
v. Give the genotype of Turner’s syndrome.
vi. Write down the full form of R.F.L.P.
(B) Sketch and label T.S. of vein. (2)
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. Give any ‘two’ factors responsible for genetic variation.
ii. Give the name and functions of ‘A’ and ‘B’ from the diagram given below:

iii. Write a note on ‘artificial acquired active immunity’.


iv. Give the economic importance of ‘fisheries’.
Q.7. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[9]
i. Explain sex determination in human beings.
ii. Describe steady population with the help of a pyramid.
iii. Illustrate any ‘three’ genes which can be used in gene therapy.
(B) Sketch and label ‘L.S. of human kidney’. (3)
Q.8. With the help of diagrammatic representation, explain the process of gametogenesis. [7]
OR
Describe the structure of cerebrum. Add a note on its functions.

103
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Chemistry

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2016


CHEMISTRY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to the two sections are to be written in the same answer book.
iii. Figures to the right hand side indicate full marks.
iv. Write balanced chemical equations and draw neat and labelled diagrams, wherever necessary.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Answer to every question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. What is ferromagnetism? Iron (Z = 26) is strongly ferromagnetic. Explain.
ii. Define boiling point. Write the formula to determine molar mass of a solute using freezing
point depression method.
iii. Write mathematical equations of first law of thermodynamics for the following processes:
a. Adiabatic process
b. Isochoric process
iv. Explain graphical method to determine activation energy of a reaction.
v. Write the names and chemical formulae of any one ore of iron and zinc each.
vi. What is the action of
a. Sodium on arsenic?
b. Magnesium on bismuth?
vii. Define enthalpy of sublimation. How is it related to enthalpy of fusion and enthalpy of
vaporization?
viii. What are Ellingham diagrams? Write any two features of it.
Q.2. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. Silver crystallises in fcc structure. If density of silver is 10.51 g cm−3, calculate the volume of
unit cell.
[Atomic mass of silver (Ag) = 108 g mol−1]
ii. The vapour pressure of pure benzene is 640 mm of Hg. 2.175 × 10−3 kg of non-volatile solute
is added to 39 g of benzene, the vapour pressure of solution is 600 mm of Hg. Calculate
molar mass of solute (C = 12, H = 1).
iii. Calculate C−Cl bond enthalpy from the following reaction:
CH3Cl(g) + Cl2(g) → CH2Cl2(g) + HCl(g) ; ∆H° = − 104 kJ
If C−H, Cl−Cl and H−Cl bond enthalpies are 414, 243 and 431 kJ mol−1 respectively.
iv. Define cell constant. Draw a neat and well labelled diagram of primary reference electrode.
Q.3. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. Write four points of differences between properties of nitrogen and other elements of
group 15.
Explain the structure of ClF3.
Conductivity of a solution is 6.23 × 10−5 Ω−1cm−1 and its resistance is 13710 Ω. If the
electrodes are 0.7 cm apart, calculate the cross-sectional area of the electrode.
Why is molality of a solution independent of the temperature?
95
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2016
ii. What are neutral oxides? Explain the nature of zinc oxide with the help of the reactions.
Define ‘molar conductivity’ and ‘zero order reaction’.
In a first order reaction x → y, 40% of the given sample of compound remains unreacted in
45 minutes. Calculate rate constant of the reaction.
Q.4. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. The molecular formula H2S2O2 represents which oxoacid among the following?
(A) Hydrosulphurous acid (B) Thiosulphurous acid
(C) Sulphuric acid (D) Pyrosulphurous acid
ii. Iodine exists as _______.
(A) polar molecular solid (B) ionic solid
(C) non-polar molecular solid (D) hydrogen bonded molecular solid
iii. Absolute entropies of solids, liquids and gases can be determined by _______.
(A) measuring heat capacity of substance at various temperatures
(B) subtracting standard entropy of reactants from products
(C) measuring vibrational motion of molecules
(D) using formula ∆S° = S°T − S°0

iv. The determination of molar mass from elevation in boiling point is called as _______.
(A) cryoscopy (B) colorimetry
(C) ebullioscopy (D) spectroscopy
v. The process of leaching alumina, using sodium carbonate is called _______.
(A) Baeyer’s process (B) decomposition
(C) cyanide process (D) Hall’s process
vi. On calculating the strength of current in amperes if a charge of 840 C (coulomb) passes through
an electrolyte in 7 minutes, it will be _______.
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
vii. A → B is a first order reaction with rate 6.6 × 10−5 M s−1. When [A] is 0.6 M, rate constant of
the reaction is _______.
(A) 1.1 × 10−5 s−1 (B) 1.1 × 10−4 s−1
(C) 9 × 10 s −5 −1
(D) 9 × 10−4 s−1
SECTION – II
Q.5. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Why is Sc3+ colourless while Ti3+ coloured? (Atomic number Sc = 21, Ti = 22)
ii. Illustrate with example, the difference between a double salt and a coordination compound.
iii. How is chlorobenzene prepared from aniline? How is chlorobenzene converted into
diphenyl?
iv. What is metamerism? Explain metamerism with suitable examples of ethers.
v. What are ketones? How are ketones classified?
vi. How are
a. 1-nitropropane and b. 2-nitropropane
prepared from suitable oxime?
vii. Define antioxidants. Draw structure of BHT.
viii. What are carbohydrates? Write the reaction for the preparation of nylon-6.
96
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Chemistry
Q.6. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. What are f-block elements? Distinguish between lanthanoids and actinoids.
ii. Explain the terms
a. Optical activity
b. Ligand
c. Interstitial compounds
iii. Write the formula of Tetraamminedichloroplatinum(IV) chloride. How is propene converted
into 1-bromopropane and 2-bromopropane?
iv. What are broad-spectrum antibiotics?
How are polythene and neoprene prepared?
Q.7. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. Explain the mechanism of esterification. Write the reactions involved in dehydration of 1°, 2°
and 3° alcohols.
ii. What are vitamins? Name any two diseases caused by deficiency of vitamin A. Write the
structures of:
a. nucleoside b. nucleotide
How are 1-nitropropane, 2-nitropropane and 2-methyl-2-nitropropane are distinguished from
each other using nitrous acid?
Q.8. Select and write the most appropriate answers from the given alternatives: [7]
i. The preparation of alkyl fluoride from alkyl chloride, in presence of metallic fluorides is
known as _______.
(A) Williamson’s reaction (B) Finkelstein reaction
(C) Swarts reaction (D) Wurtz reaction
ii. Identify the weakest acidic compound amongst the following:
(A) p-Nitrophenol (B) p-Chlorophenol
(C) p-Cresol (D) p-Aminophenol
iii. On acid hydrolysis, propanenitrile gives _______.
(A) propanal (B) acetic acid
(C) propionamide (D) propanoic acid
iv. Which of the following amines yield foul smelling product with haloform and alcoholic
KOH?
(A) Ethylamine (B) Diethylamine
(C) Triethylamine (D) Ethylmethylamine
v. Which of the following is NOT present in DNA?
(A) Adenine (B) Guanine
(C) Thymine (D) Uracil
vi. Amongst the following, identify a copolymer.
(A) Orlon (B) PVC
(C) PHBV (D) Teflon
vii. Phenelzine is used as an _______.
(A) analgesic (B) antiseptic
(C) antipyretic (D) antidepressant

97
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2016

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2016


MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Graph of L.P.P. should be drawn on graph paper only.
iv. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.
v. Answers to both the sections should be written in the same answer book.
vi. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6) [12]
i. The negation of p ∧ (q → r) is
(A) p ∨ (~ q ∨ r) (B) ~ p ∧ (q → r)
(C) ~ p ∧ (~ q → ~ r) (D) ~ p ∨ (q ∧ ~ r)
π
ii. If sin−1(1 − x) − 2 sin−1x = then x is
2
1
(A) − (B) 1
2
1
(C) 0 (D)
2
iii. The joint equation of the pair of lines passing through (2, 3) and parallel to the coordinate axes is
(A) xy − 3x − 2y + 6 = 0 (B) xy + 3x + 2y + 6 = 0
(C) xy = 0 (D) xy − 3x − 2y − 6 = 0
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
1 −1
1 2 3   
i. Find (AB) if A = 
−1
 B = 1 2 
1 −2 −3  1 −2 
ii. Find the vector equation of the plane passing through a point having position vector
3iˆ − 2ˆj + kˆ and perpendicular to the vector 4iˆ + 3jˆ + 2kˆ .
iii. If p = ˆi − 2jˆ + kˆ and q = ˆi + 4ˆj − 2kˆ are position vector (P.V.) of points P and Q, find the
position vector of the point R which divides segment PQ internally in the ratio 2:1.
iv. Find k, if one of the lines given by 6x2 + kxy + y2 = 0 is 2x + y = 0.
x −1 y − 2 z − 3 x −1 y − 5 z − 6
v. If the lines = = and = = are at right angle then find the
−3 2k 2 3k 1 −5
value of k.
Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Examine whether the following logical statement pattern is tautology, contradiction or contingency.
[(p → q) ∧ q] → p
ii. By vector method prove that the medians of a triangle are concurrent.
iii. Find the shortest distance between the lines r = (4iˆ − ˆj) + λ(iˆ + 2ˆj − 3k) ˆ and
r = (iˆ − ˆj + 2k)
ˆ + µ(iˆ + 4ˆj − 5k)
ˆ where λ and µ are parameters.

98
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Mathematics
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. In ∆ABC with the usual notations prove that
C C
(a − b)2 cos2   + (a + b)2 sin2   = c2.
2 2
ii. Minimize z = 4x + 5y subject to 2x + y ≥ 7, 2x + 3y ≤ 15, x ≤ 3, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0. Solve using
graphical method.
iii. The cost of 4 dozen pencils, 3 dozen pens and 2 dozen erasers is ` 60. The cost of 2 dozen
pencils, 4 dozen pens and 6 dozen erasers is ` 90 whereas the cost of 6 dozen pencils, 2 dozen
pens and 3 dozen erasers is ` 70. Find the cost of each item per dozen by using matrices.
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
Find the volume of tetrahedron whose coterminus edges are 7i + k, 2i + 5j − 3k and 4i + 3j + k .
ii. Without using truth table show that
~ (p ∨ q) ∨ (~p ∧ q) ≡ ~ p
iii. Show that every homogeneous equation of degree two in x and y, i.e., ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
represents a pair of lines passing through origin if h2 − ab ≥ 0.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. If a line drawn from the point A(1, 2, 1) is perpendicular to the line joining P(1, 4, 6) and
Q(5, 4, 4) then find the co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular.
ii. Find the vector equation of the plane passing through the points ˆi + ˆj − 2kˆ , ˆi + 2jˆ + kˆ ,
2iˆ − ˆj + kˆ . Hence find the cartesian equation of the plane.
iii. Find the general solution of sin x + sin 3x + sin 5x = 0.
SECTION – II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6)[12]
i. If the function
f(x) = k + x, for x < 1
= 4x + 3, for x ≥ 1
is continuous at x = 1 then k =
(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 6 (D) –6
ii. The equation of tangent to the curve y = x2 + 4x + 1 at (−1, –2) is
(A) 2x – y = 0 (B) 2x + y − 5 = 0
(C) 2x – y – 1 = 0 (D) x + y − 1 = 0
iii. Given that X ~ B(n = 10, p). If E(X) = 8 then the value of p is
(A) 0.6 (B) 0.7 (C) 0.8 (D) 0.4
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
d y
i. If y = xx, find .
dx
ii. The displacement ‘s’ of a moving particle at time ‘t’ is given by s = 5 + 20t – 2t2. Find its
acceleration when the velocity is zero.
iii. Find the area bounded by the curve y2 = 4ax, X-axis and the lines x = 0 and x = a.
iv. The probability distribution of a discrete random variable X is:
X=x 1 2 3 4 5
P(X = x) k 2k 3k 4k 5k
Find P(X ≤ 4).

99
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2016
sin x
v. Evaluate: ∫ 36 − cos 2 x
dx

Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]


i. If y = f(u) is a differentiable function of u and u = g(x) is a differentiable function of x then
dy dy du
prove that y = f(g(x)) is a differentiable function of x and = × .
dx du dx
ii. The probability that a person who undergoes kidney operation will recover is 0.5. Find the
probability that of the six patients who undergo similar operations.
a. None will recover.
b. Half of them will recover.
π
x
iii. Evaluate: ∫ 2 dx
0
a cos x + b 2 sin 2 x
2

(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)


i. Discuss the continuity of the following functions. If the function have a removable
discontinuity, redefine the function so as to remove the discontinuity.
4x − e x
f(x) = x , for x ≠ 0
6 −1
at x = 0
2
= log   , for x = 0
3
ii. Prove that:
x 2 a2 x

2 2 2
a − x dx = a − x + sin−1   + c
2 2 a
iii. A body is heated at 110°C and placed in air at 10°C. After 1 hour its temperature is 60°C.
How much additional time is required for it to cool to 35°C?
Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
2a a a
i. Prove that: ∫ f ( x)dx = ∫ f ( x)dx + ∫ f (2a − x)dx
0 0 0

1 + log x
ii. Evaluate: ∫ dx
x (2 + log x)(3 + log x )
dy
iii. (
If y = cos−1 2 x 1− x 2 , find ) dx
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Solve the differential equation cos(x + y)dy = dx
Hence find the particular solution for x = 0 and y = 0.
ii. A wire of length l is cut into two parts. One part is bent into a circle and other into a square.
Show that the sum of areas of the circle and square is the least, if the radius of circle is half
the side of the square.
iii. The following is the p.d.f. (Probability Density Function) of a continuous random variable X:
x
f(x) = , 0 < x < 8
32
=0 otherwise
a. Find the expression for c.d.f. (Cumulative Distribution Function) of X.
b. Also find its value at x = 0.5 and 9.

100
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2016


PHYSICS
Tim e: 3 Hour s
Tot al Mark s: 70

Not e:
i. All ques tio n s are comp uls o ry.
ii. Neat diag r a m s must be dra w n whe r e v e r nec e s s a r y.
iii. Figur e s to the right indic a t e full m arks.
iv. Use of only logarit h m i c table is allowe d.
v. All symbols have their usual mea ni n g unle ss othe r wi s e sta t e d .
vi. Answer s to both section s must be writt e n in the sam e ans w e r b o o k.
vii. Answer to every ques tio n mus t be writt e n on a new pag e.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Atte m p t any SIX :

[ 12 ]
ᆴ ᆴ ᆴ
i. In U.C.M. (Unifor m Circula r Motion), prove the relation v =wᆴ r ,
whe r e symbols have their usual mea ni n g s .
ii. Derive an expr es sio n for critical velocity of a satellite revolving
arou n d the eart h in a circula r orbit.
iii. Obtain an expr e s sio n for total kinetic ene r gy of a rolling body in
1 ᆴ K2 
the form MV 2 ᆴ1 + 2  .
2 ᆴ R 
iv. Define ‘emissive powe r’ and ‘coefficie nt of emission of a body’.
v. A coin kept at a dista n c e of 5 cm from the cent r e of a tur nt a b l e of
radius 1.5 m just begins to slip when the tur n a bl e rota t e s at a spee d of 90
r.p.m. Calcula t e the coefficie nt of static friction bet w e e n the coin and the
tur nt a b l e. [g = 9.8 m/s 2 ].
vi. The funda m e n t a l frequ e n c y of an air colum n in a pipe close d at one
end is in unison with the third overto n e of an ope n pipe. Calcula t e the
ratio of lengt h s of their air colum n s .
vii. A particle perfor mi n g linea r S.H.M. has a period of 6.28 secon d s
and a path lengt h of 20 cm. What is the velocity whe n its displa c e m e n t is
6 cm from mea n position?
viii. The ener gy of the free surfa c e of a liquid drop is 5  time s the
surfac e tension of the liquid. Find the diam e t e r of the drop in C.G.S.
syste m .
Q.2. Sel e c t and writ e th e mo s t appr o p r i a t e an s w e r fro m th e give n
alt er n a t i v e s for ea c h sub- que s t i o n :

[7]

91
Board Question Paper : March 2016
i. A particle rotat e s in U.C.M. with tang e n t i al velocity ‘v’ along a
horizon t al circle of diam e t e r ‘D’. Total angul a r displa c e m e n t of the
particl e in time ‘t’ is _______.
(A) vt
ᆴvᆴ
(B) ᆴ ᆴ - t
ᆴDᆴ
vt
(C)
2D
2vt
(D)
D
ii. Two sprin g s of force cons t a n t s K 1 and K2 (K 1 > K2 ) are stre t c h e d by
sam e force. If W 1 and W 2 be the work done str e t c hi n g the spring s the n
_______.
(A) W1 = W2

(B) W1 < W2
(C) W1 > W2

(D) W 1 = W 2 = 0
iii. A and B are two steel wire s and the radius of A is twice that of B. If
they are stre t c h e d by the sam e load, the n the str e s s on B is _______.
(A) four times that of A
(B) two times that of A
(C) thr e e time s tha t of A
(D) sam e as that of A
iv. If soun d waves are reflec t e d from surfa c e of dens e r mediu m , the r e is
phas e chan g e of _______.
(A) 0 rad


(B) rad
4

(C) rad
2

(D)  rad
v. A sono m e t e r wire vibra t e s with frequ e n c y n 1 in air und e r suita bl e
load of specific gravity ‘’. When the load is imm e r s e d in wat e r, the
frequ e n c y of vibr atio n of wire n 2 will be _______.
 +1
(A) n1

-1
(B) n1


(C) n1
 +1

92
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics


(D) n1
-1

vi. For polyato mic molec ul e s having ‘f’ vibra tio n al mode s, the ratio of
CP
two specific heat s, is _______.
CV
1 +f
(A)
2 +f

2 +f
(B)
3 +f
4 +f
(C)
3 +f

5 +f
(D)
4 +f
vii. A body of mom e n t of inerti a 5 kgm 2 rota ti n g with an ang ul a r velocity
6 rad/s has the sam e kinetic ene r gy as a mas s of 20 kg moving with a
velocity of _______.
(A) 5 m/s

(B) 4 m/s
(C) 3 m/s

(D) 2 m/s
Q.3. A. Define linear S.H.M. Show tha t S.H.M. is a projec tio n of U.C.M. on
any diam e t e r .
B. A met al sphe r e cools at the rat e of 4 C/min. whe n its tem p e r a t u r e
is 50 C. Find its rat e of cooling at 45 C if the tem p e r a t u r e of
surr o u n d i n g s is 25 C
[7]
OR
A. Explain analytically how the sta tion a r y waves are form e d. Henc e
l
show that the dista n c e betw e e n node and adja c e n t antinod e is .
4
B. A set of 48 tuning forks is arr a n g e d in a serie s of desc e n di n g
frequ e n ci e s such that each fork gives 4 bea t s per secon d with pre c e di n g
one. The frequ e n cy of first fork is 1.5 time s the frequ e n c y of the last fork,
find the frequ e n cy of the first and 42 nd tuning fork.
[7]
Q.4. Atte m p t any THREE

93
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2016

[9]

i. What is the decr e a s e in weigh t of a body of mas s 600 kg whe n it is


take n in a mine of dept h 5000 m?
[Radius of ear t h = 6400 km, g = 9.8 m/s 2 ]
ii. Stat e and prove theo r e m of par allel axes abou t mom e n t of
iner ti a.
iii. Derive Laplac e’s law for sphe ri c a l me m b r a n e of bubble due
to surfac e tension.
iv. A steel wire having cross section al are a 1.5 mm 2 whe n stre t c h e d by
a load prod u c e s a later al str ai n 1.5  10 -5 . Calcula t e the mas s atta c h e d to
the wire.
(Ysteel = 2  10 11 N/m 2 , Poisso n’s ratio  = 0.291, g = 9.8 m/s 2 )
SECTION – II
Q. 5 . Atte m p t any SIX :

[ 12 ]
i. What is ‘diffraction of light’? Explain its two type s.
ii. Draw a neat labelled diagr a m for the const r u c t io n of ‘cyclotro n’.
iii. Disting ui s h betw e e n ‘par a m a g n e t i c’ and ‘ferro m a g n e t i c’ subs t a n c e s .
iv. Write a shor t note on surfa c e wave prop a g a t i o n of elect r o m a g n e t i c
waves.
v. The combi n e d resis t a n c e of a galva no m e t e r of resist a n c e 500  and
its shunt is 21 . Calculat e the value of shun t.
vi. The susce p ti bility of mag n e s i u m at 200 K is 1.8  10 –5 . At wha t
tem p e r a t u r e will the susce p ti bility decr e a s e by 6  10 –6 ?
vii. The co- efficient of mut u al induc tion betw e e n prim a r y and secon d a r y
coil is 2H. Calculat e induc e d e.m.f. if curr e n t of 4A is cut off in 2.5  10 –4
secon d s .
viii. The decay const a n t of radioa c tive subs t a n c e is 4.33  10 –4 per yea r.
Calcula t e its half life period.
Q.6. Sel e c t and writ e th e mo s t appr o p r i a t e an s w e r fro m th e give n
alt er n a t i v e s for ea c h su b- que s t i o n :

[7]
i. If the polarisin g angle for a given mediu m is 60 , the n the refr a c tive
index of the mediu m is _______

(A)
1
3

94
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics

(B)
3
2

(C)
1

(D)
3
ii. The resolving powe r of a tele sc o p e depe n d s upon the _______

(A)
lengt h of the teles co p e

(B)
focal lengt h of an objec tive

(C)
diam e t e r of an objective

(D)
focal lengt h of an eyepie c e
iii. Elect ric intensity due to a cha r g e d sphe r e at a point outsid e the
sphe r e decr e a s e s with _______

(A)
incr e a s e in char g e on sphe r e .

(B)
incr e a s e in dielect ric const a n t .

(C)
decr e a s e in the dista n c e from the cent r e of sphe r e .

(D)
Decr e a s e in squa r e of dista n c e from the cent r e of sphe r e .
iv. In poten tio m e t e r expe ri m e n t , if l 1 is the bala n ci n g lengt h for e.m.f. of
cell of inter n al resis t a n c e r and l 2 is the bala n ci n g lengt h for its ter mi n al
poten ti al differe n c e when shunt e d with resist a n c e R then:

(A)

95
Board Question Paper : March 2016 NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS

ᆴ R +r ᆴ
l1 = l2 ᆴ ᆴ
ᆴ R ᆴ

(B)
ᆴ R ᆴ
ᆴ ᆴ
l 1 = l 2 ᆴ R +r ᆴ

(C)
ᆴ R ᆴ
ᆴ ᆴ
l1 = l2 ᆴ R - r ᆴ

(D)
ᆴR- rᆴ
l1 = l2 ᆴ ᆴ
ᆴ R ᆴ

v. The ene r gy of photo n of wavele n g t h l is _______.


[h = Planck’s const a n t , c = spe e d of light in vacuu m ]

(A)
hc l

(B)
hl
c

(C)
l
hc

(D)
hc
l
vi. Which logic gate corr e s p o n d s to the trut h table given below?

A B Y
0 0 1
0 1 0
1 0 0
1 1 0

(A)
AND

96
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics

(B)
NOR

(C)
OR

(D)
NAND
vii. The proc es s of supe ri m p o s i n g a low frequ e n c y signal on a high
frequ e n c y wave is _______.

(A)
dete c tio n

(B)
mixing

(C)
modul a tion

(D)
att en u a t i o n
Q.7. A. Stat e the principl e on which tra n sfo r m e r works. Explain its
working with const r u c t i o n. Derive an expr e s sio n for ratio of e.m.f.s and
cur r e n t s in ter m s of num b e r of tur ns in prim a r y and secon d a r y coil.
B. A cond u c t o r of any sha p e , having are a 40 cm 2 plac e d in air is
unifor mly char g e d with a cha r g e 0.2 C. Dete r mi n e the elect ric inte n sity
at a point just outside its surfa c e . Also, find the mec h a ni c al forc e per unit
are a of the char g e d condu c t o r .
[0 = 8.85  10 –12 S . I. units]

[7]
OR
A. With the help of a nea t labelle d diagr a m , desc ri b e the Geige r-
Mars d e n expe ri m e n t . What is mas s defec t?
B. The photo el ec t ri c work function for a met al surfa c e is 2.3 eV. If the
light of wavelen g t h 6800 Å is incide n t on the surfa c e of met al,
find thre s h ol d frequ e n c y and incide n t frequ e n c y. Will ther e be an
emission of photo el e ct r o n s or not?

97
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : March 2016

[Velocity of light c = 3  10 8 m/s, Planck’s const a n t , h = 6.63  10 –


34 Js] [7]

Q.8. Atte m p t any THREE:

[9]
i. Deter m i n e the chan g e in wavele n g t h of light durin g its pass a g e
from air to glas s. If the refr a c tive index of glass with resp e c t to air is 1.5
and the frequ e n c y of light is 3.5  10 14 Hz, find the wave num b e r of light
in glass. [Velocity of light in air (c = 3  10 8 m/s)]
ii. In bipris m experi m e n t , 10 th dark band is obse rv e d at 2.09 mm from
the cent r al bright point on the scre e n with red light of wavele n g t h 6400
Å. By how much will fringe width cha n g e if blue light of wavele n g t h 4800
Å is used with the sam e settin g ?
iii. Descri b e Kelvin’s met ho d to dete r m i n e the resist a n c e of
galvano m e t e r by using met r e bridg e .
iv. Explain the elem e n t a r y idea of an oscillator with the help of block
diagr a m .

98
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Biology

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : JULY 2017


BIOLOGY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to Section-I and Section-II should be written in Two Separate answer books.
iii. Questions from Section-I attempted in the answer book of Section-II and vice-versa will not be
assessed / not be given any credit.
iv. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
vi. Answer to every new question must begin on a new page.

SECTION – I
[BOTANY]
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. The biological scissors of DNA are __________.
(A) ligases (B) polymerases
(C) endonucleases (D) transcriptases
ii. Vijaya, Padma, Kanti and Jayanti are high yielding varieties of __________.
(A) wheat (B) jowar
(C) sugarcane (D) rice
iii. Mitochondria are regarded as semiautonomous organelles, due to the presence of
__________.
(A) Cristae (B) RNA
(C) DNA (D) F1 particles
iv. Which of the following is mainly responsible for ozone depletion?
(A) CFCs (B) hydrocarbons
(C) carbon monoxide (D) carbon dioxide
v. The process of formation of partially decomposed organic matter is called __________.
(A) fragmentation (B) leaching
(C) catabolism (D) humification
vi. The number of adenine molecules in a given DNA segment is 25 and the number of cytosine
molecules is 45, the total number of nucleotides in the segment is __________.
(A) 70 (B) 140
(C) 90 (D) 50
vii. The microbial source of vinegar is __________.
(A) Aspergillus niger (B) Rhizopus arrhizus
(C) Acetobacter aceti (D) Streptomyces venezuelae
Q.2. (A) Answer in ‘One’ sentence only : (6)[12]
i. What is heterocyst?
ii. What are plasmids?
iii. Why chl-a (chlorophyll-a) is called essential pigment?
iv. Define global warming.
117
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2017
v. Give the meaning of Nif gene.
vi. Name the aquatic fern commonly used in paddy field as a biofertilizer.
(B) Sketch and label the ultrastructure of chloroplast. (2)
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. Give the advantages of biogas.
ii. Give the names of ‘two’ insect-resistant crop varieties.
iii. Enlist the causes of deforestation.
iv. Give the floral adaptations of entomophily.
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[9]
i. Describe the Wobble hypothesis.
ii. Describe the connecting link between glycolysis and Krebs’ cycle.
iii. Give the diagrammatic representation of ETS.
(B) Sketch and label lytic cycle. (3)
Q.4. What is Neo-Mendelian genetics? Describe quantitative inheritance controlled by two pairs of
genes. [7]
OR
Enlist advantages and disadvantages of cross pollination. Add a note on pollination mechanism in
Salvia.
SECTION – II
[ZOOLOGY]
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. Overproduction is the principle of __________.
(A) Lamarckism (B) Theory of organic evolution
(C) Panspermia theory (D) Modern theory of evolution
ii. Myopia is an example of __________.
(A) complete sex-linkage (B) incomplete sex-linkage
(C) recombination (D) crossing over
iii. __________ is the infectious stage of Plasmodium.
(A) Tropozoite (B) Sporozoite
(C) Cryptozoite (D) Metacercaria
iv. Which of the following is a chemical transmitter in synapse of neurons?
(A) cholesterol (B) A.T.P.
(C) cholinesterase (D) acetylcholine
v. The external layer of connective tissue sheath of human testis is __________.
(A) tunica vasculosa (B) tunica vaginalis
(C) tunica granulosa (D) tunica albuginea
vi. Glucose is taken back from glomerular filtrate __________
(A) along with concentration gradient
(B) against concentration gradient
(C) by simple diffusion
(D) by tubular secretion

118
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Biology
vii. Pituitary dwarfism is treated with gene therapy by __________.
(A) Human insulin
(B) Tissue growth factor - Beta
(C) Tissue plasmogen activator
(D) Human growth hormone producer gene
Q.6. (A) Answer in ‘One’ sentence each: (6)[12]
i. Mention the first vaccine developed against any human disease.
ii. Name the ‘two’ types of maps generated by H.G.P.
iii. What is ‘syndrome’?
iv. Name the type of T-lymphocyte which secretes perforins.
v. What is the full form of IVF?
vi. What is protobiogenesis?
(B) Sketch and label the structure of Malpighian body. (2)
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. Give reason – ‘Archaeopteryx is called connecting link between reptiles and birds’.
ii. Summarise the process of vaccine production.
iii. Write a short note on ‘lac culture’.
iv. With the help of a suitable example, explain the concept of ‘commensalism’.
Q.7. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[9]
i. Explain the types of chromosomes on the basis of position of centromere.
ii. Give the symptoms of typhoid fever and draw a labelled diagram of its causal organism.
iii. With the help of suitable diagrams, explain how the age structures determine the trend of
population.
(B) Sketch and label T.S. of the thyroid gland. (3)
Q.8. Describe the T.S. of human testis and explain the process of spermatogenesis. [7]
OR
With the help of a suitable diagram, describe the conducting system of human heart.

119
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Chemistry

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : JULY 2017


CHEMISTRY
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to the two sections are to be written in the same answer book.
iii. Figures to the right hand side indicate full marks.
iv. Write balanced chemical equations and draw neat and labelled diagrams, wherever necessary.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Answer to every question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. Which of the following is a basic oxide?
(A) SiO2 (B) P4O10
(C) MgO (D) Al2O3

ii. In the representation of galvanic cell, the ions in the same phase are separated by a _______.
(A) single vertical line (B) comma
(C) double vertical line (D) semicolon

iii. An ionic crystal lattice has limiting value of radius ratio as 0.414 to 0.732; the co-ordination
number of its cation is _______.
(A) 6 (B) 4
(C) 3 (D) 12

iv. The unit of rate constant for zero order reaction is _______.
(A) t–1 (B) mol dm–3 t–1
(C) mol–1 dm3 t–1 (D) mol–2 dm6 t–1

v. Calcium carbonate used in the extraction of iron acts as _______.


(A) oxidising agent (B) reducing agent
(C) gangue (D) flux

vi. 10.0 grams of caustic soda when dissolved in 250 cm3 of water, the resultant gram molarity
of solution is _______.
(A) 0.25 M (B) 0.5 M
(C) 1.0 M (D) 0.1 M

vii. 55 L atm of work is obtained when 1.0 mole of an ideal gas is compressed isothermally from
a volume of 28.5 L to 18.5 L, the constant external pressure is _______.
(A) 5.05 atm (B) 5.5 atm
(C) 0.05 atm (D) 0.55 atm
109
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2017
Q.2. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. State Henry’s Law.
How does solubility of a gas in water varies with temperature?
ii. How is nitric acid prepared by Ostwald’s process?
iii. Classify the following solids into different types:
a. Ammonium phosphate b. Brass
c. S8 molecule d. Diamond
iv. Construct a labelled diagram for the following cell:
Zn Zn 2  (1M) H  (1M) H 2(g,1atm) Pt
v. Explain with chemical reactions, why is zinc oxide amphoteric in nature?
vi. Write the names and chemical formulae of any ‘two’ minerals of aluminium.
vii. The rate law for the reaction
2H2(g) + 2NO(g)  N2(g) + 2H2O(g)
is given by rate = k[H2][NO]2.
The reaction occurs in the following two steps:
a. H2(g) + 2NO(g)  N2O(g) + H2O(g)
b. N2O(g) + H2(g)  N2(g) + H2O(g)
What is the role of N2O in the mechanism? What is the molecularity of each of the
elementary steps?
viii. Write the mathematical expression of the First Law of Thermodynamics for the following
processes:
a. Isothermal b. Adiabatic
c. Isochoric d. Isobaric

Q.3. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]


i. From the following data for the liquid phase reaction A  B, determine the order of reaction
and calculate its rate constant:

t/s 0 600 1200 1800


–1
[A] / mol L 0.624 0.446 0.318 0.226

ii. Calculate the standard enthalpy of combustion of CH3COOH(l) from the following data:
fH (CO2) = – 393.3 kJ mol–1
fH (H2O) = – 285.8 kJ mol–1
fH (CH3COOH) = – 483.2 kJ mol–1
iii. Write the cell representation and calculate equilibrium constant for the following redox
reaction:
 2
Ni(s) + 2 Ag (aq) (1M)  Ni (aq) (1M) + 2Ag(s) at 25C
E Ni = – 0.25 V and E Ag = 0.799 V
iv. What is the action of concentrated sulphuric acid on the following:
a. phosphorous pentachloride
b. copper
c. potassium chlorate?

110
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Chemistry
Q.4. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. Define:
a. Molality b. Osmotic pressure
Write any ‘two’ advantages of calomel electrode.
A metal crystallises into two cubic faces namely face centered (FCC) and body centered
(BCC), whose unit cell edge lengths are 3.5 Å and 3.0 Å respectively. Find the ratio of the
densities of FCC and BCC.
Arrange the following oxyacids of chlorine – HClO, HClO2, HClO3 and HClO4 with respect
to:
a. Increasing order of thermal stability.
b. Increasing order of oxidising power.
ii. An organic substance (M = 169 gram mol–1) is dissolved in 2000 cm3 of water. Its osmotic
pressure at 12C was found to be 0.54 atm. If R = 0.0821 L atm K–1 mol–1, calculate the mass
of the solute.
Calculate the number of atoms in a unit cell of a metal crystallising in face centered cubic
structure.
Distinguish between isothermal process and adiabatic process.
Mention the names of various steps involved in the extraction of pure metals from their ores.

SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. In the following
H
C2H5 – C = O + NH2OH  A 
Na /C2 H5OH

 B

The compound ‘B’ is _______.


(A) Propan–1–amine (B) Propan–2–amine
(C) Isopropylamine (D) Dimethylamine

ii. The stability order for carbocation is _______.


(A) 2  > 3 > 1 (B) 3  > 2 > 1
(C) 3 > 1 > 2 (D) 1  > 3 > 2

iii. Effective atomic number rule is used to find _______.


(A) geometry of complex
(B) stability of complex
(C) number of isomers of complex
(D) number of possible ligands around metal ion in complex

iv. Which one of the following ions is coloured?


(A) Sc3+ (B) Zn2+
4+
(C) Ti (D) V2+

v. When phenol is heated with conc. HNO3 in presence of conc. H2SO4 it yields _______.
(A) o-nitrophenol (B) p-nitrophenol
(C) 2,4,6-trinitrophenol (D) m-nitrophenol
111
Board Question Paper : July 2017 NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS

vi. The secondary structure of protein is determined by _______.


(A) co-ordinate bond (B) ionic bond
(C) hydrogen bond (D) covalent bond

vii. Ethylidene dichloride when boiled with aqueous solution of NaOH yields _______.
(A) formaldehyde (B) acetaldehyde
(C) acetone (D) ethyl methyl ketone

Q.6. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]


i. How is phenol prepared from cumene?
ii. Write a note on self oxidation-reduction reaction of aldehyde with suitable example.
iii. Explain basic nature of amines.
iv. What are antiseptics? Give any ‘two’ examples.
v. What happens when glucose is treated with
a. hydroxylamine? b. hydrogen cyanide?
vi. Draw the structures of chromate and dichromate ions.
vii. How is terylene prepared?
viii. Identify A and B in the following reaction:
CH3 – Br + Mg  
dry ether
 A + CO2 
dry ether
  B + Mg(Br) OH
H / H2O

Q.7. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]


i. How ligands are classified? Explain with suitable examples.
ii. What is lanthanoid contraction?
Explain, why lanthanum (Z = 57) forms La3+ ion, while cerium (Z = 58) forms Ce4+ ion?
iii. What is the action of the following reagents on propanone?
a. Phenyl hydrazine
b. Zn – Hg / conc.HCl
c. Sodium bisulphite
iv. Define enzymes.
How is peptide linkage formed?

Q.8. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]


i. How is nitroethane converted into:
a. ethylamine,
b. N-ethylhydroxylamine,
c. acetic acid?
Write names and chemical formulae of monomers used in preparing Buna-N.
What are soaps? How are they prepared?
ii. How will you prepare ethanol, propan-2-ol and 2-methylpropan-2-ol from Grignard’s
reagent?
Define optical activity.
Explain optical activity of lactic acid.
112
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS Mathematics

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : JULY 2017


MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 80
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Graph of L.P.P. should be drawn on graph paper only.
iv. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.
v. Answers to both sections should be written in the same answer book.
vi. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following
sub-questions: (6) [12]
 1 1
i. The inverse of the matrix   is _______.
 2 3
1  3 1 1  3 1
(A)   (B)
5  2 1  5  2 1
1  3 1 1  3 1
(C)   (C)
5  2 1 5  2 1

ii. If a  3iˆ  ˆj  4kˆ , b  2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ , c  5iˆ  2ˆj  3kˆ , then a   b  c  = _______.
(A) 100 (B) 101
(C) 110 (D) 109

iii. If a line makes angles 90, 135, 45 with the X, Y, and Z axes respectively, then its direction
cosines are _______.
1 1 1 1
(A) 0, , (B) 0,  ,
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
(C) 1, , (D) 0,  ,
2 2 2 2

(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)


i.      
If the line r  ˆi  2ˆj  3kˆ   2iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ is parallel to the plane r  3iˆ  2ˆj  pkˆ  10 , find
the value of p.
ii. If a line makes angles , ,  with co-ordinate axes, prove that cos 2 + cos2 + cos2 + 1 = 0.
iii. Write the negations of the following statements:
a.  n  N, n + 7 > 6
b. The kitchen is neat and tidy.
iv. Find the angle between the lines whose direction ratios are 4, –3, 5 and 3, 4, 5.
v. If a, b, c are position vectors of the points A, B, C respectively such that 3a  5b  8c  0, find
the ratio in which A divides BC.
113
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2017
Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]

i. If tan–1 (2x) + tan–1 (3x) = , then find the value of ‘x’.
4
ii. Write the converse, inverse and contrapositive of the following statement.
“If it rains then the match will be cancelled.”
iii. Find p and q, if the equation
px2  8xy + 3y2 + 14x + 2y + q = 0 represents a pair of prependicular lines.

(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)


i. Find the equation of the plane passing through the intersection of the planes 3x + 2y – z + 1 = 0
and x + y + z – 2 = 0 and the point (2, 2, 1).
ii. Let A  a  and B  b  be any two points in the space and R  r  be a point on the line segment AB
mb + na
dividing it internally in the ratio m : n, then prove that r = . Hence find the position
m+n
vector of R which divides the line segment joining the points A(1, –2, 1) and B(1, 4, –2) internally
in the ratio 2 : 1.
iii. The angles of the ABC are in A.P. and b : c = 3 : 2 then find A, B, C.

Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]


i. Find the vector equation and cartesian equation of a line passing through the points A(3, 4, –7)
and B(6, –1, 1).
ii. Find the general solution of cot x + tan x = 2 cosesc x.
iii. Express the following switching circuit in symbolic form of logic. Construct its switching table
and write your conclusion from it:

S1

S2
L
S1 S2

+ –

(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)


1 1 2 
i. If A  3 0 2  verify that A (adj A) = | A | I.
1 0 3 
ii. A company manufactures bicycles and tricycles each of which must be processed through
machines A and B. Machine A has maximum of 120 hours available and machine B has
maximum of 180 hours available. Manufacturing a bicycle requires 6 hours on machine A and 3
hours on machine B. Manufacturing a tricycle requires 4 hours on machine A and 10 hours on
machine B.
If profits are ` 180 for a bicycle and ` 220 for a tricycle, formulate and solve the L.P.P. to
determine the number of bicycles and tricycles that should be manufactured in order to maximize
the profit.
114
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Mathematics
iii. If  is the measure of acute angle between the pair of lines represented by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0,
then prove that
2 h 2  ab
tan  = ,a+b≠0
ab
Hence find the acute angle between the lines
x2 – 4xy + y2 = 0.
SECTION – II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following
sub-questions: (6)[12]
i. Given f (x) = 2x, x < 0
= 0, x ≥ 0
then f (x) is _______.
(A) discontinuous and not differentiable at x = 0
(B) continuous and differentiable at x = 0
(C) discontinuous and differentiable at x = 0
(D) continuous and not differentiable at x = 0

ii. If  (3 x 2  2 x  1) dx  14, then  = _______.
0

(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) –1 (D) –2
iii. The function f (x) = x3 – 3x2 + 3x – 100, x  R is _______.
(A) increasing (B) decreasing
(C) increasing and decreasing (D) neither increasing nor decreasing

(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)


i. Differentiate 3x w.r.t. log3x
ii. Check whether the conditions of Rolle’s theorem are satisfied by the function
f (x) = (x  1) (x  2) (x  3), x  [1, 3]

tan x
iii. Evaluate:  sin x.cos x dx
iv. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve x2 = 16y, lines y = 2, y = 6 and Y-axis lying
in the first quadrant.
v. Given X  B (n, p)
If n = 10 and p = 0.4, find E(X) and var (X).
Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
(5  1)
sin x 2
i. If the function f (x) = , for x  0 is continuous at x = 0, find f (0).
x log (1  2 x)
ii. The probability mass function for X = number of major defects in a randomly selected
appliance of a certain type is
X=x 0 1 2 3 4
P(X = x) 0.08 0.15 0.45 0.27 0.05
Find the expected value and variance of X.
115
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2017
iii. Suppose that 80% of all families own a television set. If 5 families are interviewed at random,
find the probability that
a. three families own a television set.
b. at least two families own a television set.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Find the approximate value of cos (60 30)
(Given: 1 = 0.0175c, sin 60 = 0.8660)
ii. The rate of growth of bacteria is proportional to the number present. If, initially, there were
1000 bacteria and the number doubles in one hour, find the number of bacteria after 2½
hours.
[Take 2 = 1.414]
iii. Prove that:
a a

 f  x  dx= 2  f  x  dx, if f (x) is an even function.


a 0
= 0, if f (x) is an odd function.
Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. If f (x) is continuous on [–4, 2] defined as
f (x) = 6b – 3ax, for 4 ≤ x < –2
= 4x + 1, for –2 ≤ x ≤ 2
7
Show that a + b = 
6
ii. If u and v are two functions of x, then prove that
 du 
 uv dx  u  v dx    dv  v dx  dx
iii. Probability distribution of X is given by
X=x 1 2 3 4
P(X = x) 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.2
Find P(X ≥ 2) and obtain cumulative distribution function of X.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Solve the differential equation
dy
 y  ex
dx
Hence find the particular solution for x = 0 and y = 1.
ii. If y = f (x) is a differentiable function of x such that inverse function x = f –1(y) exists, then
prove that x is a differentiable function of y and
dx 1 dy
= , where 0
dy dy dx
dx
 
Hence if y = sin–1x, –1 ≤ x ≤ 1, ≤y≤
2 2
dy 1
then show that = , where | x | < 1.
dx 1  x2

8
iii. Evaluate:  ( x  2) ( x 2
 4)
dx

116
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : JULY 2017


PHYSICS
Time: 3 Hours Total Marks: 70

Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.
vi. Answers to both sections must be written in the same answerbook.
vii. Answer to every question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. If the angular speed of the earth is 7.26  10–5 rad/s and radius of the earth is 6,400 km,
calculate the change in weight of 1 kg of mass taken from equator to pole.
ii. A small body of mass 0.3 kg oscillates in vertical plane with the help of a string 0.5 m long
with a constant speed of 2 m/s. It makes an angle of 60 with the vertical. Calculate tension in
the string (g = 9.8 m/s2).
iii. Two soap bubbles have radii in the ratio 4:3. What is the ratio of work done to blow these
bubbles?
iv. At what temperature will average kinetic energy of gas be exactly half of its value at N.T.P.?
v. Define surface tension and surface energy.
 2h 
vi. Prove that gh = g  1   where gh is the acceleration due to gravity at altitude h and h << R
 R 
(R is the radius of the earth).
vii. Explain the physical significance of radius of gyration.
viii. Draw neat, labelled diagram showing different forces acting on a vehicle moving along a
banked road.

Q.2. Attempt any THREE: [9]


i. Prove Kirchhoff’s law of radiation theoretically.
ii. Within the elastic limit, find the work done by a stretching force on a wire.
iii. A set of 12 tuning forks is arranged in order of increasing frequencies. Each fork produces
‘Y’ beats per second with the previous one. The last is an octave of the first. The fifth fork
has a frequency of 90 Hz. Find ‘Y’ and frequency of the first and the last tuning forks.
iv. A uniform solid sphere has radius 0.2 m and density 8  103 kg/m3. Find the moment of
inertia about the tangent to its surface. ( = 3.142)

Q.3. A. Define linear simple harmonic motion. Assuming the expression for displacement of a
particle starting from extreme position, explain graphically the variation of velocity and
acceleration w.r.t. time.
B. A clock regulated by seconds pendulum, keeps correct time. During summer, length of
pendulum increases to 1.005 m. How much will the clock gain or loose in one day?
(g = 9.8 m/s2 and  = 3.142) [7]
105
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2017
OR
A. Discuss different modes of vibrations in an air column of a pipe open at both the ends. State
the cause of end correction. Find the end correction for the pipe open at both the ends in
fundamental mode.
B. What should be tension applied to a wire of length 1 m and mass 10 gram, if it has to vibrate
with fundamental frequency of 50 Hz? [7]
Q.4. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. A body of mass ‘m’ performs uniform circular motion along a circular path of radius ‘r’ with
velocity ‘v’. If its angular momentum is L, then the centripetal force acting on it is _______.
mL2 L2
(A) (B)
r3 mr
L2 L2
(C) (D)
mr 2 mr 3
ii. If the Earth completely loses its gravity, then for any body _______.
(A) both mass and weight become zero.
(B) neither mass nor weight become zero.
(C) weight becomes zero but not the mass.
(D) mass becomes zero but not the weight.
iii. If a rigid body of radius ‘R’ starts from rest and rolls down an inclined plane of inclination
‘’ then linear acceleration of body rolling down the plane is _______.
g sin   K
(A) (B) g sin   1  
K  R
1
R
g sin   K2 
(C) (D) g sin  1  2 
K2  R 
1 2
R
iv. 1000 tiny mercury droplets coalesce to form a bigger drop. In this process, temperature of the
drop _______ .
(A) increases (B) may increase or decrease
(C) decreases (D) does not change
v. Doppler effect is not applicable when _______.
(A) source and observer are at rest.
(B) there is a relative motion between source and observer.
(C) both are moving in opposite directions.
(D) both are moving in same direction with different velocities.
vi. If the total kinetic energy per unit volume of gas enclosed in a container is E, the pressure
exerted by the gas is _______.
3
(A) E (B) E
2
2
(C) 3E (D) E
3
vii. Two wires of the same material have radii rA and rB respectively. The radius of wire A is
twice the radius of wire B. If they are stretched by same load then stress on wire B is
_______.
(A) equal to that of A (B) half that of A.
(C) two times that of A. (D) four times that of A.

106
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Physics
SECTION – II
Q.5. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. Thorium 90Th232 is disintegrated into lead 82Pb200. Find the number of  and  particles
emitted in disintegration.
ii. If the work function of a metal is 3 eV, calculate the threshold wavelength of that metal.
(Velocity of light = 3  108 m/s, Planck’s constant = 6.63  10–34 J.s.; 1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J)
iii. Three capacitors of capacities 8 F, 8 F and 4 F are connected in a series and potential
difference of 120 volt is maintained across the combination. Calculate the charge on capacitor
of capacity 4 F.
iv. If the total energy of radiation of frequency 1014 Hz is 6.63 J, calculate the number of photons
in the radiation. (Planck’s constant = 6.63  10–34 J.s.)
v. Distinguish between diamagnetic and paramagnetic substances.
vi. Draw a neat, labeled diagram showing different layers of the Earth’s atmosphere.
vii. Explain the construction of plane wavefront using Huygens’ principle.
viii. Obtain an expression for electric field intensity at a point outside uniformly charged thin
plane sheet.
Q.6. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. Draw a neat circuit diagram to study the characteristics of common emitter n-p-n transistor.
With the help of a graph, explain the output characteristics of this transistor.
ii. Obtain an expression for magnetic induction along the axis of toroid on the basis of Ampere’s
circuital law.
iii. When a resistance of 12 ohm is connected across a cell, its terminal potential difference is
balanced by 120 cm length of potentiometer wire. When the resistance of 18 ohm is
connected across the same cell, the balancing length is 150 cm. Find the balancing length
when the cell is in open circuit. Also calculate the internal resistance of the cell.
iv. Find the ratio of longest wavelength in Paschen series to shortest wavelength in Balmer
series.
Q.7. A. State the principle of working of transformer. Explain the construction and working of a
transformer. Derive an expression for e.m.f. and current in terms of turns ratio.
B. Find the magnetization of a bar magnet of length 10 cm and cross-sectional area 4 cm2, if the
magnetic moment is 2 Am2. [7]
OR
A. Obtain an expression for path difference and fringe width of interference pattern in Young’s
double slit experiment. Show that the fringe width is same for consecutive bright and dark
bands.
3 4
B. The refractive indices of glass and water w.r.t. air are and respectively. Determine the
2 3
refractive index of glass w.r.t. water. [7]
Q.8. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. The logic gate which produces LOW output when one of the input is HIGH and produces
HIGH output only when all of its inputs are LOW is called _______.
(A) AND gate (B) OR gate
(C) NOR gate (D) NAND gate
107
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Board Question Paper : July 2017
ii. For efficient radiation and reception of signal with wavelength , the transmitting antennas
would have length comparable to ______.

(A)  of frequency used (B) of frequency used
2
 
(C) of frequency used (D) of frequency used
3 4
iii. Cyclotron can not accelerate ______.
(A) protons (B) neutrons
(C) -particles (D) deuterons
iv. In series LCR circuit at resonance, phase difference between current and e.m.f. of source is
______.

(A)  rad (B) rad
2

(C) rad (D) zero rad
4
v. When unknown resistance is determined by meter bridge, the error due to contact resistance
is minimized ______.
(A) by connecting both the resistances only in one gap.
(B) by interchanging the positions of known and unknown resistance.
(C) by using uniform wire.
(D) by obtaining the null point near the ends of the wire.
vi. The ratio of kinetic energy of an electron in Bohr’s orbit to its total energy in the same orbit is
______.
(A) – 1 (B) 2
1
(C) (D) – 0.5
2
vii. Using monochromatic light of wavelength  in Young’s double slit experiment, the eleventh
dark fringe is obtained on the screen for a phase difference of ______.
11 21
(A)  rad (B)  rad
2 2
(C) 13  rad (D) 21  rad

108
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Biology ‐ I 

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2017
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to Section-I and Section-II should be written in Two Separate answer books.
iii. Questions from Section-I attempted in the answer book of Section-II and vice-versa will not be
assessed / not be given any credit.
iv. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
vi. Answer to every new question must begin on a new page.

SECTION – I
[BOTANY]
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. The genotype of human blood group B is __________.
(A) IAi (B) IBi
A A
(C) I I (D) ii
ii. Breakdown of detritus into smaller particles is called __________.
(A) fragmentation (B) leaching
(C) catabolism (D) humification
iii. In Brassica (rapeseed, mustard) __________ variety is resistant to Aphids.
(A) Pusa A-4 (B) Pusa Gaurav
(C) Pusa Sawni (D) Pusa Shubra
iv. The antibiotic chloromycetin is obtained from __________.
(A) Sclerotiana libertine (B) Aspergillus niger
(C) Streptomyces griseus (D) Streptomyces venezuelae
v. The __________ enzyme is used to cut DNA at specific point.
(A) DNA polymerase (B) Alkaline phosphatase
(C) restriction endonuclease (D) DNA ligase
vi. R. Q. for proteins is about __________.
(A) 0.7 (B) 0.8
(C) 0.9 (D) 1.0
vii. Ozone depletion is occurring widely in the stratosphere, it leads to ozone hole caused mainly
due to __________.
(A) ethylene (B) methane
(C) CFCs (D) CO2
Q.2. (A) Answer each question in ‘One’ sentence only : (6)[12]
i. Give an example of the source of thermostable enzyme DNA polymerase.
ii. Give an example of the non-edible or poisonous mushroom, studied by you.
iii. Name the secondary metabolites in Catharanthus roseus.
iv. What is meant by ecological succession?
v. Name the organism and enzyme which bring about alcoholic fermentation of sucrose.
vi. Enlist any ‘two’ floral adaptations in salvia.
(B) Give schematic representation of carbon cycle. (2)

232
Board Question Paper : March 2017
(C) Answer the following (Any TWO): (4)
i. What is a ‘test cross’? Explain significance of a test cross.
ii. Explain ‘Wobble hypothesis’ with the help of a suitable diagram.
iii. What is a ‘biopatent’? Explain it with a suitable example.
iv. Name the parts W, X, Y and Z from the following figure:

W
Y

Q.3. (A) Answer the following (Any TWO): (6)[9]


i. Explain replication of bacteriophage with the help of a suitable diagram.
ii. What are ‘biofertilizers’? Explain them with suitable examples.
iii. Differentiate between anemophily and entomophily.
(B) Sketch and label V.S. of mature anatropous ovule. (3)
Q.4. What is ‘photophosphorylation’? Describe non-cyclic photo-phosphorylation with schematic
representation. Give its significance. [7]
OR
What is ‘RNA’? Explain different types of non-genetic RNA with diagrams and functions.

233
Board Question Paper : March 2017

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2017 
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to Section-I and Section-II should be written in Two Separate answer books.
iii. Questions from Section-I attempted in the answer book of Section-II and vice-versa will not be
assessed / not be given any credit.
iv. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
vi. Answer to every new question must begin on a new page.

SECTION – II
[ZOOLOGY]
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each sub-
question: [7]
i. Which of the following has normal vision?
(A) Xc Xc (B) Xc Y
C c
(C) X X (D) Xc Yc
ii. In DNA fingerprinting technique, radioactive DNA probe is obtained from _______ of
female banded krait snake.
(A) X chromosome (B) Y chromosome
(C) X and Y chromosomes (D) autosome
iii. Abortion in the first trimester of pregnancy may occur due to lack of _______.
(A) aldosterone (B) testosterone
(C) oestrogen (D) progesterone
iv. _______ contribute about 60% of the total volume of the semen.
(A) Prostate glands (B) Cowper’s glands
(C) Seminal vesicles (D) Bartholin’s glands
v. Lowering of blood pressure is related with the production of _______.
(A) ADH (B) ANF
(C) GH (D) LH
vi. Humulin is used to treat _______.
(A) Diabetes mellitus (B) Diabetes insipidus
(C) Hepatitis (D) Nephritis
vii. The modification of original genetic make-up is focussed by _______.
(A) PCR (B) DNA fingerprinting
(C) Electrophoresis (D) Gene therapy
Q.6. (A) Answer the following questions only in ‘one’ sentence each: (6)[12]
i. Which material is used for isolation of DNA in fingerprinting technique?
ii. Give significance of podocyte.
iii. What is ‘commensalism’?
iv. What is the function of acrosome?
v. Distinguish between X and Y chromosomes. (Mention any ‘two’ points.)
vi. Give any ‘two’ examples of endangered species.
(B) Sketch and label the ‘Structure of HIV’. (2)
281
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Biology ‐ II 
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. Write a note on erythrocytes.
ii. What are the uses of vaccine?
iii. Describe the process of budding in Hydra.
iv. Name the species used in sericulture. Name the stages in the life cycle of a silk moth in cyclic
form.
Q.7. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[9]
i. Explain ABO blood group system in human being with a suitable chart.
ii. Describe diagrammatic representation of age structure showing declining population.
iii. With the help of a neat and labelled diagram, describe reflex arc.
(B) Sketch and label ‘human male reproductive system’. (3)
Q.8. Enlist human endocrine glands.
Describe the T.S. of thyroid gland and add a note on deficiency of thyroxine. [7]
OR
Define ‘evolution’. Give the principles of Darwin’s theory of natural selection. Mention any ‘one’
objection to it.

282
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Chemistry ‐ II 

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2017
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers of both the sections should be written in same answer book.
iii. Draw well labelled diagrams and write balanced equations wherever necessary.
iv. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Every new question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – II

Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]

i. When primary amine reacts with CHCl3 in alcoholic KOH, the product is _______.
(A) aldehyde (B) alcohol
(C) cyanide (D) an isocyanide

ii. CH3CH2Br 


Alcoholic KOH

 B 
HBr
 C 
Na /ether
 D, the compound D is _______.

(A) ethane (B) propane


(C) n-butane (D) n-pentane

iii. Cisplatin compound is used in the treatment of _______.


(A) malaria (B) cancer
(C) AIDS (D) yellow fever

iv. A gas when passed through K2Cr2O7 and dil. H2SO4 solution turns it green, the gas is ______.
(A) CO2 (B) NH3
(C) SO2 (D) Cl2

v. The alcohol used in thermometers is _______.


(A) methanol (B) ethanol
(C) propanol (D) butanol

vi. Which of the following vitamins is the vitamin of alicyclic series?


(A) Vitamin C (B) Vitamin K
(C) Vitamin B (D) Vitamin A

vii. Which of the following is the first oxidation product of secondary alcohol?
(A) Alkene (B) Aldehyde
(C) Ketone (D) Carboxylic acid
 
504
Board Question Paper : March 2017
Q.6. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. How is diethyl ether prepared by continuous etherification process?
ii. Write a note on Hoffmann bromamide degradation.
iii. How is ethanoic acid prepared from dry ice?
iv. Write the molecular and structural formula of BHA and BHT.
v. Explain the preparation of glucose from cane sugar.
vi. Write the factors which are related to the colour of transition metal ions.
vii. Explain the following terms:
a. Homopolymers b. Elastomers
viii. Define racemic mixture.
CH3
Give IUPAC name of CH3 – CH2 – CH – CHO.
Q.7. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. What is ‘effective atomic number’ (EAN)?
Calculate the effective atomic number of the central metal atom in the following compounds:
a. K4Fe(CN)6 b. Cr(CO)6
Fe (Z = 26) Cr (Z = 24)
ii. Write the different oxidation states of iron. Why +2 oxidation state of manganese is more
stable? (Z of Mn = 25).
iii. Write a note on ‘aldol condensation’.
iv. What are ‘nucleic acids’?
Define complex lipids. Mention any ‘two’ functions of lipids.
Q.8. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. What is the action of mixture of NaNO2 and dil. HCl on:
a. Ethylamine b. Aniline c. Diethylamine
How is nylon 6,6 prepared?
What are ‘antacids’?
Write any ‘two’ side effects of tranquilizers.
ii. Explain the mechanism of alkaline hydrolysis of tert-butyl bromide with energy profile
diagram.
Define carbolic acid.
How carbolic acid is prepared from benzene sulphonic acid?

   
505
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Chemistry ‐ I 

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2017
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers of both the sections should be written in same answer book.
iii. Draw well labelled diagrams and write balanced equations wherever necessary.
iv. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Every new question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. An antifriction alloy made up of antimony with tin and copper, which is extensively used in
machine bearings is called _______.
(A) Duralumin (B) Babbitt metal
(C) Spiegeleisen (D) Amalgam

ii. Which of the following pairs is an intensive property?


(A) Density, viscosity (B) Surface tension, mass
(C) Viscosity, internal energy (D) Heat capacity, volume

iii. Fe2+ ions react with nitric oxide formed from reduction of nitrate and yields a brown coloured
complex _______.
(A) [Fe(CO)5NO]2+ (B) [Fe(NH3)5NO]2+
(C) [Fe(CH3NH2)5NO]2+ (D) [Fe(H2O)5NO]2+

iv. MnO2 and Ca3(PO4)2 present in iron ore get reduced to Mn and P in the zone of _______.
(A) combustion (B) reduction
(C) fusion (D) slag formation

v. An ionic compound crystallises in FCC type structure with ‘A’ ions at the centre of each face
and ‘B’ ions occupying corners of the cube. The formula of compound is _______.
(A) AB4 (B) A3B
(C) AB (D) AB3

vi. On passing 1.5 F charge, the number of moles of aluminium deposited at cathode are _______.
[Molar mass of Al = 27 gram mol–1]
(A) 1.0 (B) 13.5
(C) 0.50 (D) 0.75

vii. For a chemical reaction, A products, the rate of reaction doubles when the concentration of
‘A’ is increased by a factor of 4, the order of reaction is _______.
(A) 2 (B) 0.5
(C) 4 (D) 1
   
500
Board Question Paper : March 2017
Q.2. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. What are ‘fuel cells’? Write cathode and anode reaction in a fuel cell.
ii. Derive the relationship between half life and rate constant for first order reaction.
iii. Explain magnetic separation process of ores with the help of a neat, labelled diagram.
iv. Derive the relationship between relative lowering of vapour pressure and molar mass of
solute.
v. Define the term ‘enthalpy’.
What will happen to the internal energy if work is done by the system?
vi. Nitrogen does not form pentahalides. Give reason.
vii. Calculate the percentage efficiency of packing in case of simple cubic cell.
viii. Write the electronic configuration of the following elements:
a. Sulphur (Z = 16) b. Krypton (Z = 36)

Q.3. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]


i. How is phosphine prepared using the following reagents?
a. HCl
b. H2SO4
c. Caustic soda
ii. 0.05 M NaOH solution offered a resistance of 31.6  in a conductivity cell at 298 K. If the
cell constant of the cell is 0.367 cm1, calculate the molar conductivity of NaOH solution.
iii. Calculate H for the reaction between ethene and water to form ethyl alcohol from the
following data:
cH C2H5OH(l) = 1368 kJ
cH C2H4(g) = 1410 kJ
Does the calculated H represent the enthalpy of formation of liquid ethanol?
iv. In the Arrhenius equation for a first order reaction, the values of ‘A’ of ‘Ea’ are 4  1013 sec1
and 98.6 kJ mol1 respectively. At what temperature will its half life period be 10 minutes?
[R = 8.314 J K1 mol1]

Q.4. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]


i. State Faraday’s first law of electrolysis.
Write any ‘two’ uses of each of the following:
a. H2SO4 b. Chlorine
Distinguish between crystalline solids and amorphous solids.
A solution of a substance having mass 1.8  103 kg has the osmotic pressure of 0.52 atm at
280 K. Calculate the molar mass of the substance used.
[Volume = 1 dm3, R = 8.314 J K1 mol1]
ii. Define the following:
a. Leaching
b. Metallurgy
c. Anisotropy
Derive an expression for maximum work.
The boiling point of benzene is 353.23 K. When 1.80 gram of non-volatile solute was
dissolved in 90 gram of benzene, the boiling point is raised to 354.11 K. Calculate the molar
mass of solute.
[Kb for benzene = 2.53 K kg mol1]

   
501
Board Question Paper: March 2017

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : March 2017 
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80

SECTION  A
(Reading Skills, Grammar, Vocabulary, Note-making and Summary)
Q.1. (A) Read the following extract and answer the questions given below: (11) [15]
One day, king Amrit and Chandan were taking a walk on the terrace of the palace. The
terrace offered beautiful view of the surroundings, and they could see far into the distance.
They spotted the weekly market from up there, with people in colourful clothes buying and
selling all kinds of things. There was plenty to buy and people had money to buy too. There
were no poor people to be seen anywhere. The King watched with a smile on his face. He was
delighted to see the prosperity of his kingdom. Like any good ruler he was happy when his
people were happy.
He turned to Chandan and said, “See how contented my people are. But I want to check
this first-hand by talking to them. Tomorrow, summon people from all walks of life to the
court and I will ask them myself how they are doing.” Chandan was used to the King’s
strange requests, and went off to carry out this order.
The next day, the king arrived in the court humming a happy tune to himself. Seeing all
the people gathered there waiting for him, he was even more pleased. He cleared his throat
and said in a loud voice, “I have called you here to ask you a very important question. As
your king, I need to know if all of you are contented. Do you have enough for your needs? Do
you know anyone who is not happy about anything?”
(1) What do you understand about the King from this extract? (1)
(2) Why did the King want to talk to his people? (2)
(3) How did the King come to know about the prosperity of his kingdom? (2)
(4) According to you, what should the Government do for the betterment of the poor people? (2)
(5) Rewrite the following sentences in the ways instructed:
(i) He was delighted to see the prosperity of his kingdom.
(Make it a rhetorical question.) (1)
(ii) Summon people from all walks of life to the court.
(Rewrite it beginning with ‘Let….’) (1)
(iii) As soon as the King arrived in the court humming a happy tune to himself, he cleared
his throat.
(Rewrite it using ‘No sooner .... than’.) (1)
(6) Find out the words from the extract which mean: (1)
(i) development (ii) examine
(B) Grammar (Do as directed): (4)
(i) J.R.D. Tata was _______ amazing personality. He always helped _______ poor in the
country.
(Fill in the blanks with appropriate articles.) (1)
(ii) They stood _______ silence as a mark _______ honour to her.
(Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.) (1)
(iii) “Where are you going?” he asked, “Pune, sir, my husband is starting a company called
Infosys and I’m shifting to Pune.”
(Change it into Indirect speech.) (2)
Q.2. (A) Read the following extract and answer the questions given below: (11) [15]
We commemorate so many special days such as Republic Day, Independence Day,
Mother’s Day and so on. Well, here is one day that deserves not only a commemoration, but
our total dedication – Earth Day, 22 April. At Sanctuary, we live our lives like everyday, but
we all believe that it would be fantastic to remind our relatives, friends, neighbors, teachers
and elders on this day that protecting Mother Earth can end up making us both happy and
safe.
351
Std. XII: Yuvakbharati
Will you do something this Earth Day? Here’s a handy list of things you can do –
(1) Cut Consumption: Consume as little as possible on Earth Day. This is day when you
can Refuse (to buy new things), Repair and Reuse (old stuff), Recycle (what you
cannot reuse), Reject (stuff that is toxic or dangerous to the environment) and Renew
(your purpose and resolve to protect the planet).
(2) Cut Energy: (a) Ditch the old incandescent bulbs and shift to CFLs or LEDs (Google
both to find out more). (b) Walk or use public transport, try not to use private cars to
save fuel. Carpool. Cut down on trips. Use Skype instead of travelling for meetings. (c)
Switch off unnecessary gadgets (don’t just use the remote... walk to the mains!).
(3) Cut Waste: Start a waste segregation system in your building, school or
neighbourhood. Compost organic waste, sell what you can to the raddi-wallah and give
him a small token of appreciation also for he is protecting your world. Collect unused
papers from old notebooks and make new ones from them.
(4) Cut out plastic: Speak to at least five shopkeepers in your area and tell them you and
your friends will only use their shops if they move away from wasteful plastic
packaging, particularly thin plastic bags.
(1) What do you understand from this extract? (1)
(2) What steps can we take to keep our environment clean? (2)
(3) Why should we commemorate Earth Day? (2)
(4) What is your opinion regarding shifting to CFLs or LEDs? (2)
(5) Rewrite the following sentences in the ways instructed:
(i) Earth Day deserves a commemoration and our total dedication
(Use ‘not only –– but also’) (1)
(ii) Start a Waste Segregation System in your building.
(Rewrite it beginning with ‘Let’.) (1)
(iii) You can sell waste to the raddi-wallah and give him a small token of
appreciation.
(Replace the model auxiliary by another showing ‘obligation’.) (1)
(6) What do the following words in the extract mean? (1)
(i) resolve
(ii) toxic
(B) Note-making:
Read the following extract and complete the note with the help of the clues provided: (4)
Vitamins are either fat-soluble (A, D, E, K) or water-soluble (B vitamins, including
niacin, folic acid and riboflavin, and vitamin C). They consist mainly of the elements
nitrogen, oxygen, carbon and hydrogen. Fat-soluble vitamins are stored in body fat, while
water-soluble vitamins are used or quickly excreted in the urine.
Vitamin A is essential for the eyes, skin, hair and bones; the B vitamins help enzymes
to function; C is essential for the formation of collagen; D helps the body absorb calcium; E
prevents cell damage, and K helps blood clotting. Most vitamins cannot be produced by the
body and so must be obtained directly from food.
VITAMINS
Vitamins are obtained from
B Vitamins Fat-soluble
Vitamins consist of 1.
2. Oxygen
3.
4. Hydrogen
Vitamin A Essential for eyes, skin, etc.
B
C Formation of collagen
D
E Prevents cell damage
K

352
352 
Board Question Paper: March 2017
Q.3. (A) Read the following extract and answer the questions given below: (11) [15]
Oil is one of the world’s major sources of energy. We depend on it as fuel for heating.
transport and generation of power.
For centuries, animal and vegetable oils have been used for cooking and as a source of
artificial light. But it is mineral oil which meets most of the world’s needs today.
Crude mineral oil comes out of the earth as a thick brown or black liquid with a strong
smell. It is a complex mixture of many different substances, each with its own individual
qualities. Most of them are combinations of hydrogen and carbon in varying proportions.
Such hydro-carbons are also found in other forms such as bitumen, asphalt and natural gas.
Mineral oil originates from the carcasses of tiny animals and from plants that live in the sea.
Over millions of years these dead creatures form large deposits under the sea bed and ocean
currents cover them with a blanket of sand and silt. As this material hardens, it becomes
sedimentary rock and effectively shuts out the oxygen so preventing the complete
decomposition of the marine deposits underneath. The layers of sedimentary rock become
thicker and heavier. Their pressure produces heat, which transforms the tiny carcasses into
crude oil in a process that is still going on today.
The earth’s crust is split into a few huge continental plates which move continuously
rather like rafts on a sluggish tide. Geologists call this movement as ‘continental drift’.
(1) What does the extract tell us about? (1)
(2) In which form does crude mineral oil come out of the earth and from what does it
originate? (2)
(3) How is ‘continental drift’ formed? (2)
(4) According to you, how can we stop the excess use of energy? (2)
(5) Rewrite the following sentences in the ways instructed:
(i) Oil is one of the world’s major sources of energy.
(Rewrite it as a negative sentence without changing its meaning) (1)
(ii) As this material hardens, it becomes sedimentary rock.
(Make it a compound sentence) (1)
(iii) Geologists call this movement as ‘continental drift’.
(Frame a ‘Wh-question’ to get the underlined part as an answer) (1)
(6) Give the antonyms from the extract for:
(i) artificial (½)
(ii) lighter (½)
(B) Write a brief summary of the above extract with the help of the points given below and
suggest a suitable title.
Oil as a source of energy — our dependence — types of oil — mineral oil — origin of crude
oil — formation of crude oil — forming of sedimentary rocks — continental drift.
SECTION – B
(Poetry)
Q.4. (A) Read the following extract and answer the questions given below: (4) [8]
Old women do not fly on magic wands
nor make obscure prophecies
from ominous forests.
They just sit on vacant park benches
in the quiet evenings,
call doves by their names
and charm them with grains of maize.
Or, trembling like waves
they stand in endless queues in
government hospitals.
(1) What do old women do in the quiet evenings? (1)
(2) Do you feel old women should be looked after by their families? Justify your answer. (1)
(3) Name and explain the figure of speech in the following line:
‘Or, trembling like waves.’ (1)
(4) Pick out two pictorial images from the extract. (1)
353
Std. XII: Yuvakbharati
(B) Read the following extract and answer the questions given below: (4)
How do you know
Peace is a woman?
I know, for
I met her yesterday
on my winding way
to the world’s fare.
She had such a wonderful face
just like a golden flower faded
before her prime.
(1) How does the poet describe the face of peace ? (1)
(2) Do you feel mother can be a symbol of peace? Explain it in your own words. (1)
(3) Name and explain the figure of speech in the following line:
‘Peace is a woman.’ (1)
(4) How does the Poet come to know that peace is a woman? (1)
SECTION – C
(Rapid Reading and Composition)
Q. 5. (A) Read the following extract and rewrite it from the point of view of the boy. (4) [8]
[You may begin with: My mother hopes that I am preparing…]
“I hope you’re preparing for your exams,” she wrote back. “After all, there’s not much we
can do about a skeleton that’s been hidden away for ten or fifteen years. Anyway, there were
two newspapers in the cupboard. The Daily Chronicle, published from Delhi on January 18,
1930, is complete. That was four years before you were born. The main headline refers to the
‘Bareilly Train Disaster’ in which thirteen passengers were killed and nineteen seriously
injured. There are also two pages of book reviews, including a review of ‘The Glenlitten
Murder’ by E Phillips Oppenheim. I think you have read some of his books. Books on the
Riviera.
“The other book is about the spirit world, and the possibility of communicating with those
who have passed from this material world. Perhaps we can summon up the spirit of the person
who inhabited the skeleton? She could tell us how she met her end. Old Miss Kellner holds
seances and table-rappings. But how would she summon up a spirit if she doesn’t know who
it was in the first place?
“The second newspaper – incomplete – is the Civil and Military Gazette of March 2, 1930.
This was published from Lahore, and as you know, Mr. Kipling worked on it a few years
earlier. The front page is missing, but page 5 carries an ad for a film called ‘The Awakening
of Love starring Vilma Banky. Vilma was a popular heroine when I was a girl. Nothing much
else of interest except for a small item under the headline. Elder Murder Sequel’:”
(B) Read the following extract and convert it into a dialogue between Herman and Roma in
about 120 words. (4)
[You may begin with: Herman You must have suffered too, fear, a constant companion..]
I imagined how she must have suffered too, fear a constant companion. And yet here
we were both survivors, in a new world.
“There was a camp next to the farm.” Roma continued, “I saw a boy there and I would
throw him apples everyday.”
What an amazing coincidence that she had helped some other boy, “What did he look
like?” I asked.
“He was tall, skinny, and hungry. I must have seen him every day for six months.”
My heart was racing. I couldn’t believe it. This couldn’t be. “Did he tell you one day
not to come back because he was leaving Schlieben?”
Roma looked at me in amazement, “Yes!”
“That was me!”
I was ready to burst with joy and awe, flooded with emotions. I couldn’t believe it! My
angel!
“I’m not letting you go.” I said to Roma. And in the back of the car on that blind date, I
proposed to her. I didn’t want to wait.
354
354 
Board Question Paper: March 2017
“You’ re crazy!” She said. But she invited me to meet her parents for Shabbat dinner
the following week. There was so much I looked forward to learning about Roma, but the
most important things I always knew: her steadfastness, her goodness. For many months in
the worst of circumstances, she had come to the fence and given me hope. Now that I’d found
her again, I could never let her go.
That day, she said ‘Yes’. And I kept my word. After nearly 50 years of marriage, two
children and three grandchildren I have never let her go.
OR
(B) Read the following extract and extent it by adding an imaginary paragraph of your own
in about 120 words:
Rosalind and Orlanda were married at once in the forest and on the same day Oliver
who was no longer selfish and wicked, married Celia. Just as they were going to be married, a
messenger came to ask Duke senior to go back to his dukedom. Celia’s father, Duke
Frederick, had mended his wicked ways and asked his brother to return.
Frederick had set out with an army to fight the old Duke, but on his way he had met a
wise and holy man, who had persuaded him that it was wrong and wicked to drive his elder
brother from the court. So Frederick had given up the dukedom and the good Duke could go
home again. There was great rejoicing in the forest of Arden, under the greenwood tree.
Frederick was forgiven, and Duke senior and his followers returned from the forest to live
happily in their own homes.

SECTION  D
(Written Communication)
Q.6. (A) Letter Writing: [12]
Write any ONE of the following letters: (4)
(1) Read the following advertisement and prepare a letter of application in response to it by
using the information given in the C.V. (Resume) that follows:

SITUATION VACANT

Wanted
Civil Engineer
Candidate should be B.E. (Ist Class).
Experience preferred. Ready to work
abroad. Good salary offered.
Write: To
The Manager,
Kumar Construction Company,
Andheri (E), Mumbai.

CV (Resume)

Name :
Ajinkya J. Sharma
Address :
East Shri Nagar Colony,
Solapur Road, Hadapsar, Pune.
Age : 26 years
Education : B.E. (Ist Class)
Experience : 2 years Civil Engineer
Interests : Reading, Travelling, Photography

OR
(2) Your locality is facing the problem of irregular water supply. Write a letter to the concerned
authority about it.

355
Std. XII: Yuvakbharati
(B) Write on any ONE of the following items: (4)
(1) Read the following Intros of news items. Choose any ONE of them and write the
headline, the date line and a short continuing paragraph for it.
(i) A shortage of onions in Maharashtra has surged prices by 30 percent. It forced
the authorities to import onions from abroad.
(ii) The birth anniversary of the late President Dr. S. Radhakrishnan was celebrated
yesterday in Saraswati Kanya Pathshala as Teacher’s Day.
OR
(2) Your college is going to arrange a rally to raise funds to help drought affected farmers.
Prepare a short appeal for people to join the rally with the help of the following points:
(i) Use slogans.
(ii) Make a persuasive appeal for generous donation.
(iii) Time and place of the rally.
(iv) Famous personality to lead the rally.
(v) Add your own points.
(C) Write on any ONE of the following items: (4)
(1) Study carefully the following pie-chart about the Income Sources of a City Budget and
write a short continuing paragraph based on it in about 120 words:

(INCOME in %)

City Development Charges Local Body


18% Tax (LBT)
30%
Govt. Aid
4%
Loan 2%

Smart City Funds 6%


15%
18%
Other Income 7%

Water Property Tax


Charges
OR
(2) Prepare a paragraph with an appropriate title to be used for the Counter-View Section
on the following topic in about 120 words.
“Can the use of Internet enhance students’ learning?”
You can take help of the following points from the View Section.
View Section
 It’s easier to find all the information.
 It makes learning interesting.
 It provides easy access to resource material.
 It gives various explanations / view points about any topic.
 It gives latest updated knowledge.

Q.7. Answer the following questions as per instructions: (4) [7]


(A) Imagine that you are a journalist and you have been assigned the task of interviewing a film
actor / actress. Frame a set of 8 to 10 questions to interview him / her.
(B) Prepare a speech on ‘Father’s Day’ with the help of the following points: (3)
(1) Man of practical attitude.
(2) Thinker of future.
(3) Pillar of family.
(4) Greatest family support.
356
356 
Board Question Paper : March 2017

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2017
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Graph of L.P.P. should be drawn on graph paper only.
iv. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.
v. Answers to both sections should be written in the same answer book.
vi. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6) [12]
(i) If the points A(2, 1, 1), B(0, 1, 4) and C(k, 3, 2) are collinear, then k = _______.
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 4 (D) 4
 1 5 
(ii) The inverse of the matrix   is _______.
 3 2 
1  2 5 1  1 5 
(A) (B)
13  3 1 13  3 2 
1  1 3 1 1 5 
(C) (D)
13  5 2  13 3 2 
A
(iii) In  ABC, if a = 13, b = 14 and c = 15, then sin   = _______.
2
1 1
(A) (B)
5 5
4 2
(C) (D)
5 5
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
i. Find the volume of the parallelopiped whose coterminus edges are given by vectors
2iˆ  3jˆ  4kˆ , 5iˆ  7ˆj  5kˆ and 4iˆ  5jˆ  2kˆ .
ii. In  ABC, prove that, a (b cos C  c cos B) = b2  c2.
iii. If from a point Q (a, b, c) perpendiculars QA and QB are drawn to the YZ and ZX planes
respectively, then find the vector equation of the plane QAB.
iv. Find the cartesian equation of the line passing throught the points A(3, 4, 7) and B(6, 1, 1).
v. Write the following statement in symbolic form and find its truth value:
 n N, n2 + n is an even number and n2  n is an odd number.
Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Using truth tables, examine whether the statement pattern (p  q)  (p  r) is a tautology,
contradiction or contingency.
ii. Find the shortest distance between the lines
x 1 y  2 z  3 x2 y 4 z5
  and   .
2 3 4 3 4 5
iii. Find the general solution of the equation
sin 2x + sin 4x + sin 6x = 0
363
Std. XII : Perfect Maths ‐ I 
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Solve the following equations by method of reduction:
x  y + z = 4, 2x + y  3z = 0, x + y + z = 2
ii. If  is the measure of the acute angle between the lines represented by the equation
2 h 2  ab
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0, then prove that tan  = where a + b  0 and b 0.
ab
Find the condition for coincident lines.

iii. Using vector method, find incentre of the triangle whoose vertices are P(0, 4, 0), Q(0, 0, 3)
and R(0, 4, 3).
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Construct the switching circuit for the statement
(p  q)  (~ p)  (p  ~ q).
ii. Find the joint equation of the pair of lines passing through the origin which are perpendicular
respectively to the lines represented by 5x2 +2xy  3y2 = 0.
4  12   33 
iii. Show that cos 1    cos 1    cos 1  
5  13   65 

(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)


2 2 2
i. If l, m, n are the direction cosines of a line, then prove that l + m + n = 1. Hence find the
direction angle of the line with the X axis which makes direction angles of 135 and 45 with
Y and Z axes respectively.
ii. Find the vector and cartesian equations of the plane passing through the points A( 1, 1, 2),
B(1, 2, 1) and C(2, 1, 1).
iii. Solve the following L.P.P. by graphical method:
Maximise : Z = 6x + 4y
subject to x  2, x + y  3, 2x + y  1, x  0, y  0

364
Board Question Paper : March 2017

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2017 
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Graph of L.P.P. should be drawn on graph paper only.
iv. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.
v. Answers to both sections should be written in the same answer book.
vi. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.

SECTION – II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6)[12]

i. Derivatives of tan3 with respect to sec3 at  = is _______.
3
3 3
(A) (B)
2 2
1 3
(C) (D) 
2 2
ii. The equation of tangent to the curve y = 3x2  x + 1 at P(1, 3) is _______.
(A) 5x  y = 2 (B) x + 5y = 16
(C) 5x  y + 2 = 0 (D) 5x = y
iii. The expected value of the number of heads obtained when three fair coins are tossed
simultaneously is _______.
(A) 1 (B) 1.5
(C) 0 (D) 1
(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)
dy
i. Find if x sin y + y sin x = 0.
dx
1
ii. Test whether the function, f(x) = x  , x  R, x ≠ 0, is increasing or decreasing.
x
sin x
iii. Evaluate:  dx
x
iv. Form the differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants from the relation
y = Ae5x + Be5x
v. The probability that a bomb will hit a NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS is 0.8. Find the probability that out of
dropped,
10 bombsexactly 4 will hit the
NAMDEO SIR'S TUTORIALS. Q.5. (A) (6)[14]
Attempt TWOdof
i. anySolve:
y the following:
= cos(x + y)
dx
ii. If u and v are two functions of x, then prove that:
 du 
 u v dx = u  v dx    dx  v dx  dx
2
e x  cos x
iii. If f(x) = , for x  0, is continuous at x = 0, find f(0).
x2
441
Std. XII : Perfect Maths ‐ II 
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. If y = f(x) is a differentiable function of x such that inverse function x = f–1 (y) exists, then
dx 1 dy
prove that x is a differentiable function of y and  where  0.
dy d y dx
dx
d
Hence find
dx
 tan 1 x  .
ii. A telephone company in a town has 5000 subscribers on its list and collects fixed rent
charges of ` 3,000 per year from each subscriber. The company proposes to increase annual
rent and it is believed that for every increase of one rupee in the rent, one subscriber will be
discontinued. Find what increased annual rent will bring the maximum annual income to the
company.
a
ax
iii. Evaluate: 
a
ax
dx

Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]


i. Discuss the continuity of the following function, at x = 0.
x
f(x) = , for x  0
x
= 1, for x = 0
ii. If the population of a country doubles in 60 years, in how many years will it be triple under
the assumption that the rate of increase in proportional to the number of inhabitants?
[Given : log 2 = 0.6912 and log 3 = 1.0986.]
iii. A fair coin is tossed 8 times. Find the probability that it shows heads
a. exactly 5 times
b. at least once.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
d
i. Evaluate: 
sin   sin 2
ii. Find the area of the region lying between the parabolas y2 = 4ax and x2 = 4ay.
iii. Given the probability density function (p.d.f.) of a continuous random variable X as,
x2
f(x) = , –1 < x < 2
3
= 0, otherwise
Determine the cumulative distribution function (c.d.f.) of X and hence find P (X < 1),
P (X > 0), P (1 < X < 2).

442
Board Question Paper : March 2017

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2017
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.
vi. Answers to both sections must be written in the same answerbook.
vii. Answer to every question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. If the pressure of an ideal gas decreases by 10% isothermally, then its volume will _______.
(A) decrease by 9% (B) increase by 7%
(C) increase by 10% (D) increase by 11.4%
ii. Stretching of a rubber band results in _______.
(A) no change in potential energy. (B) zero value of potential energy.
(C) increase in potential energy. (D) decrease in potential energy.
iii. When the angular acceleration of a rotating body is zero, which physical quantity will be
equal to zero?
(A) Angular momentum (B) Moment of inertia
(C) Torque (D) Radius of gyration
iv. In a damped harmonic oscillator, periodic oscillations have _______ amplitude.
(A) gradually increasing (B) suddenly increasing
(C) suddenly decreasing (D) gradually decreasing

v. A sine wave of wavelength ‘’ is travelling in a medium. What is the minimum distance
between two particles of the medium which always have the same speed?

(A)  (B)
2
 
(C) (D)
3 4
vi. Velocity of transverse wave along a stretched string is proportional to _______. (T = tension
in the string)
(A) T (B) T
1 1
(C) (D)
T T

vii. Find the wavelength at which a black body radiates maximum energy, if its remperature is
427C.
(Wein’s constant b = 2.898  103 mK)
(A) 0.0414  106 m (B) 4.14  106 m
(C) 41.4  106 m (D) 414  106 m
353
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Physics ‐ I 
Q.2. Attempt any SIX : [12]
i. Explain the concept of centripetal force.
ii. Prove that root mean square velocity of gas molecule is directly proportional to the square
root of its absolute temperature.
iii. Obtain the differential equation of linear simple harmonic motion.
iv. Draw a neat, labelled diagram for a liquid surface in contact with a solid, when the angle of
contact is acute.
v. A hole is drilled half way to the centre of the Earth. A body is dropped into the hole. How
much will it weigh at the bottom of the hole if the weight of the body on the Earth’s surface is
350 N?
vi. A solid sphere of mass 1 kg rolls on a table with linear speed 2 m/s, find its total kinetic
energy.
vii. A transverse wave is produced on a stretched string 0.9 m long and fixed at its ends. Find the
speed of the transverse wave, when the string vibrates while emitting second overtone of
frequency 324 Hz.
viii. A body cools at the rate of 0.5C / minute when it is 25 C above the surroundings. Calculate
the rate of cooling when it is 15C above the same surroundings.

Q.3. Attempt any THREE [9]


i. Show that period of a satellite revolving around the Earth depends upon mass of the Earth.
ii. Obtain an expression for torque acting on a rotating body with constant angular acceleration.
Hence state the dimensions and SI unit of torque.
iii. The total energy of free surface of a liquid drop is 2 times the surface tension of the liquid.
What is the diameter of the drop?
(Assume all terms in SI unit).
iv. A vehicle is moving on a circular track whose surface is inclined towards the horizon at an
angle of 10. The maximum velocity with which it can move safely is 36 km / hr. Calculate
the length of the circular track. [ = 3.142]

Q.4. A. Prove the law of conservation of energy for a particle performing simple harmonic motion.
Hence graphically show the variation of kinetic energy and potential energy w. r. t.
instantaneous displacement.
83 83
B. Two sound notes have wavelengths m and m in the air. These notes when sounded
170 172
together produce 8 beats per second. Calculate the velocity of sound in the air and
frequencies of the two notes. [7]
OR

A. Explain the formation of stationary waves by analytical method. Show the formation of
stationary wave diagramatically.
B. A mass of 1 kg is hung from a steel wire if radius 0.5 mm and length 4 m. Calculate the
extension produced. What should be the area of cross-section of the wire so that elastic limit
is not exceeded? Change in radius is negligible.
(Given : g = 9.8 m/s2; Elastic limit of steel is 2.4  108 N/m2;
Y for steel (Ysteel) = 20  1010 N/m2;  = 3.142) [7]
354
Board Question Paper : March 2017

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2017
Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.
vi. Answers to both sections must be written in the same answerbook.
vii. Answer to every question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. If A.C. voltage is applied to a pure capacitor, then voltage across the capacitor ______.

(A) leads the current by phase angle   rad.
2
(B) leads the current by phase angle () rad.

(C) lags behind the current by phase angle   rad.
2
(D) lags behind the current by phase angle () rad.
ii. In Doppler effect of light, the term “red shift” is used for ______.
(A) frequency increase (B) frequency decrease
(C) wavelength decrease (D) frequency and wavelength increase
iii. If a watch-glass containing a small quantity of water is placed on two dissimilar magnetic
poles, then water ______.
(A) shows a depression in the middle. (B) shows an elevation in the middle.
(C) surface remains horizontal. (D) evaporates immediately.
iv. Any device that converts one form of energy into another is termed as ______.
(A) amplifier (B) transducer
(C) receiver (D) demodulator
v. When a p-n-p transistor is operated in saturation region, then its ______.
(A) base-emitter junction is forward biased and base-collector junction is reverse biased.
(B) both base-emitter and base-collector junctions are reverse biased.
(C) both base-emitter and base-collector junctions are forward biased.
(D) base-emitter junction is reverse biased and base-collector junction is forward biased.
vi. In a photon-electron collision ______.
(A) only total energy is conserved.
(B) only total momentum is conserved.
(C) both total energy and total momentum are conserved.
(D) both total momentum and total energy are not conserved.
vii. If the charge on the condenser of 10 F is doubled, then the energy stored in it becomes
______.
(A) zero (B) twice that of initial energy
(C) half the initial energy (D) four times the initial energy
379
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Physics ‐ II 
Q.6. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. Distinguish between the phenomenon of interference and diffraction of light.
ii. Explain how moving coil galvanometer is converted into a voltmeter. Derive the necessary
formula.
iii. State the advantages of potentiometer over voltmeter.
iv. Draw a neat, labelled block diagram of a receiver for the detection of amplitude modulated
wave.
v. A rectangular coil of a moving coil galvanometer contains 100 turns, each having area
15 cm2. It is suspended in the radial magnetic field 0.03 T. The twist constant of suspension
fibre is 15  1010 N-m/degree. Calculate the sensitivity of the moving coil galvanometer.
vi. The magnetic flux through a loop is varying according to a relation  = 6t2 + 7t + 1 where  is
in milliweber and t is in second. What is the e.m.f. induced in the loop at t = 2 second?
vii. An unknown resistance is placed in the left gap and resistance of 50 ohm is placed in the right
gap of a meter bridge. The null point is obtained at 40 cm from the left end. Determine the
unknown resistance.
viii. Find the frequency of revolution of an electron in Bohr’s 2nd orbit; if the radius and speed of
electron in that orbit is 2.14  1010 m and 1.09  106 m/s respectively. [ = 3.142]
Q.7. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. Explain with a neat diagram, how a p-n junction diode is used as a half wave rectifier.
ii. Explain self induction and mutual induction.
iii. A cube of marble having each side 1 cm is kept in an electric field of intensity 300 V/m.
Determine the energy contained in the cube of dielectric constant 8.
[Given : 0 = 8.85  10–12 C2/Nm2]
iv. An electron in an atom revolves around the nucleus in an orbit of radius 0.53 Å. If the
frequency of revolution of an electron is 9  109 MHz, calculate the orbital angular
momentum.
[Given : Charge on an electron = 1.6  10–19 C;
Gyromagnetic ratio = 8.8  1010 C/kg;  = 3.142]
Q.8. A. Describe the biprism experiment to find the wavelength of the monochromatic light. Draw
the necessary ray diagram.
B. The width of plane incident wavefront is found to be doubled on refraction in denser medium.
If it makes an angle of 65 with the normal, calculate the refractive index for the denser
medium. [7]
OR
A. Draw a neat, labelled energy level diagram for H atom showing the transitions.
Explain the series of spectral lines for H atom, whose fixed inner orbit numbers are 3 and 4
respectively.
B. The work functions for potassium and caesium are 2.25 eV and 2.14 eV respectively. Is the
photoelectric effect possible for either of them if the incident wavelength is 5180 Å?
[Given : Planck’s constant = 6.63  10–34 J.s.;
Velocity of light = 3  108 m/s; 1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J] [7]

380
Board Question Paper : March 2018

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2018


Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to Section-I and Section-II should be written in Two Separate answer books.
iii. Questions from Section-I attempted in the answer book of Section-II and vice-versa will not be
assessed / not be given any credit.
iv. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
vi. Answer to every new question must begin on a new page.

SECTION – I
[BOTANY]

Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives (along with its
alphabet number) for each sub-question: [7]
i. The phenotypic ratio of incomplete dominance is _______.
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 3 : 1
(C) 1 : 2 : 1 (D) 9 : 3 : 3 : 1
ii. Nucleoside is a nucleotide without _______.
(A) sugar (B) nitrogen base
(C) hydrogen bond (D) phosphate group
iii. Which of the following is white button mushroom?
(A) Agaricus bisporus (B) Pleurotus florida
(C) Volvariella volvacea (D) Candida sp.
iv. Brown rust of wheat is caused by _______.
(A) viruses (B) bacteria
(C) fungi (D) aphids
v. The reaction centre of PS-II is _______.
(A) Chl – a, 700 (B) Chl – a, 680
(C) Chl – a, 673 (D) Chl – a, 650
vi. The enzymes required for synthesis of ATP are located on _______.
(A) oxysomes (B) cristae
(C) matrix (D) ribosomes
vii. In a food chain, the herbivores are represented by _______.
(A) producers (B) primary consumers
(C) secondary consumers (D) decomposers
Q.2. (A) Answer each question in ‘One’ sentence only: (6)[12]
i. What is leaching?
ii. Define chemoautotrophs.
iii. Name the cell organelle in which Krebs’ cycle occurs.
iv. What is ‘deforestation’?
v. Give the microbial source of Vit. B12.
vi. What is primary treatment of sewage?
251
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Biology - I
(B) Sketch and label a pollen grain of angiosperms. (2)
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. Enlist the basic steps involved in recombinant DNA technology.
ii. Give ‘two’ examples of microbial pesticides with their hosts.
iii. Give the significance of respiration.
iv. Explain the energy pyramid.
Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[9]
i. With the help of a suitable diagram describe the structure of a nucleosome.
ii. Describe the steps of PCR technique.
iii. Describe different steps involved in tissue culture technique.
(B) Sketch and label T.S. of a leaf showing Kranz anatomy. (3)
Q.4. With the help of a neat and labelled diagram describe the development of female gametophyte of
angiosperms. [7]
OR
Explain “the law of independent assortment” with a suitable example.

252
Board Question Paper : March 2018

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2018


Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers to Section-I and Section-II should be written in Two Separate answer books.
iii. Questions from Section-I attempted in the answer book of Section-II and vice-versa will not be
assessed / not be given any credit.
iv. Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
v. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
vi. Answer to every new question must begin on a new page.

SECTION – II
[ZOOLOGY]
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives (along with its
alphabet number) for each sub-question: [7]
i. _______ is used for desalination of brackish water.
(A) Reverse osmosis (B) Ion-exchange
(C) Adsorption (D) Electrodialysis
ii. Which of the following is mesodermal in origin?
(A) Retina (B) Enamel of teeth
(C) Heart (D) Liver
iii. _______ is an exotic breed of cow.
(A) Gir (B) Sindhi
(C) Sahiwal (D) Jersey
iv. _______ maintains basal metabolic rate.
(A) Thyroxine (B) ADH
(C) GH (D) Oxytocin
v. Which of the following is an example of ZW-ZZ type of mechanism of sex determination?
(A) Honey bee (B) Fish
(C) Bird (D) Human being
vi. Transfer of gene between populations that differ genetically from one another is called
_______.
(A) Gene mutation (B) Gene flow
(C) Genetic drift (D) Genetic recombination
vii. In the given diagram of vaccine manufacturing process ‘A’ is _______.

Inactivate
organisms
‘A’

Diluent Adjuvant

Vaccine
(A) antigen (B) antibody
(C) antitoxin (D) antibiotics
307
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Biology - II
Q.6. (A) Answer each question in ‘one’ sentence only: (6)[12]
i. Longer toes and long prehensile tail indicate which adaptation?
ii. What does ‘IUCD’ indicate?
iii. Name the valve between left atrium and left ventricle and give its significance.
iv. Give the use of bovine growth hormone.
v. State any ‘two’ symptoms of Down’s syndrome.
vi. Mention any ‘one’ skeletal difference between ape and man.
(B) Sketch and label the structure of Antibody. (2)
(C) Attempt any TWO of the following: (4)
i. Name the causative organism of ‘typhoid’ and draw its diagram.
ii. State the economic importance of ‘lac culture’
iii. ‘All organisms produce more young ones’. Comment.
iv. Describe ‘agranulocytes’ with the help of diagrams.
Q.7. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[9]
i. Define parasitism and give any ‘two’ types with suitable example of each.
ii. Describe the structure of chromosome with a suitable diagram.
iii. Define ‘genomics’. Give any ‘two’ applications of it.
(B) Sketch and label Malpighian body. (3)
Q.8. Describe the histology of ‘human testis’. Write a note on human sperm. [7]
OR
With the help of a neat and labelled diagram describe the anatomy of ‘human eye’. Explain the
mechanism of vision.

308
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Chemistry - I

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2018


Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers of both the sections should be written in same answer book.
iii. Draw well labelled diagrams and write balanced equations wherever necessary.
iv. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Every new question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. The process in which the value of ∆U = 0 is ________.
(A) adiabatic (B) isothermal
(C) isobaric (D) isochoric

r+
ii. An ionic crystal lattice has radius ratio of 0.320, its coordination number is _______.
r−
(A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 6 (D) 8
iii. In hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell, the carbon rods are immersed in hot aqueous solution of
_______.
(A) KCl (B) KOH
(C) H2SO4 (D) NH4Cl
iv. The chemical formula of willemite is _______.
(A) ZnS (B) ZnCO3
(C) ZnO (D) Zn2SiO4
v. The oxidation state of nitrogen in dinitrogen trioxide is _______.
(A) +1 (B) +2
(C) +3 (D) +4
vi. Which of the following 0.1 M aqueous solutions will exert highest osmotic pressure?
(A) Al2(SO4)3 (B) Na2SO4
(C) MgCl2 (D) KCl
vii. The half-life period of zero order reaction A → product is given by _______.
[ A ]0 0.693
(A) (B)
k k
[ A]0 2 [ A ]0
(C) (D)
2k k
Q.2. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Derive the relation between elevation of boiling point and molar mass of solute.
ii. State third law of thermodynamics. Give ‘two’ uses.
iii. Draw a neat and labelled diagram of lead storage battery.
iv. Ionic solids are hard and brittle. Explain.

532
Board Question Paper: March 2018
v. A certain reaction occurs in the following steps:
a. Cl(g) + O3(g) → ClO(g) + O2(g)
b. ClO(g) + O(g) → Cl(g) + O2(g)
1. What is the molecularity of each of the elementary steps?
2. Identify the reaction intermediate and write the chemical equation for overall reaction.
vi. Define: a. Semipermeable membrane
b. Reference electrode
vii. What is the action of chlorine on:
a. CS2
b. Excess NH3
viii. Write the chemical equations involved in van Arkel method for refining zirconium metal.
Q.3. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. Write balanced chemical equations for the following:
a. Phosphorus reacts with magnesium.
b. Flowers of sulphur boiled with calcium hydroxide.
c. Action of ozone on hydrogen peroxide.
ii. The density of iron crystal is 8.54 gram cm–3. If the edge length of unit cell is 2.8 Å and
atomic mass is 56 gram mol–1, find the number of atoms in the unit cell.
(Given: Avogadro’s number = 6.022 × 1023, 1 Å = 1 × 10−8 cm)
iii. How many faradays of electricity are required to produce 13 gram of aluminium from
aluminium chloride solution?
(Given: Molar mass of Al = 27.0 gram mol–1)
iv. Calculate the internal energy at 298 K for the formation of one mole of ammonia, if the
enthalpy change at constant pressure is – 42.0 kJ mol–1.
(Given : R = 8.314 J K–1 mol–1)
Q.4. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. Define:
a. Enthalpy of atomization b. Enthalpy of vaporization
ii. Draw the structure of IF7. Write its geometry and the type of hybridization.
iii. a. State Henry’s law.
b. 22.22 gram of urea was dissolved in 300 grams of water. Calculate the number of
moles of urea and molality of the urea solution.
(Given: Molar mass of urea = 60 gram mol–1)
OR
i. What is the action of carbon on the following metal oxides:
a. Fe2O3 in blast furnace
b. ZnO in vertical retort furnace
ii. Write the molecular and structural formulae of:
a. Thiosulphuric acid
b. Dithionous acid
iii. The reaction A + B → products is first order in each of the reactants.
a. How does the rate of reaction change if the concentration of A is increased by factor 3?
b. What is the change in the rate of reaction if the concentration of A is halved and
concentration of B is doubled?

533
Board Question Paper : March 2018

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2018


Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Answers of both the sections should be written in same answer book.
iii. Draw well labelled diagrams and write balanced equations wherever necessary.
iv. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
v. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
vi. Every new question must be started on a new page.

SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. A polymer used in paints is _______.
(A) nomex (B) thiokol
(C) saran (D) glyptal

ii. The number of primary and secondary hydroxyl groups in ribose are _______ respectively.
(A) 1, 3 (B) 2, 3
(C) 3, 1 (D) 3, 2

iii. The ligand diethylenetriamine is _______.


(A) monodentate (B) bidentate
(C) tridentate (D) tetradentate

iv. Propene on oxidation with diborane in presence of alkaline hydrogen peroxide gives _______.
(A) propan-1-ol (B) propan-2-ol
(C) allyl alcohol (D) propan-1,2-diol

v. Baeyer’s reagent is _______.


(A) acidified potassium dichromate
(B) alkaline potassium dichromate
(C) alkaline potassium permanganate
(D) acidified potassium permanganate

vi. Identify ‘A’ in the following reaction:


A + 2Na 
Dry
ether
→ 2,2,5,5-Tetramethylhexane + 2NaBr

(A) 2-Bromo-2-methylbutane
(B) 1-Bromo-2,2-dimethylpropane
(C) 1-Bromo-3-methylbutane
(D) 1-Bromo-2-methylpropane

vii. An antifertility drug is _______.


(A) novestrol (B) histamine
(C) veronal (D) equanil
551
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Chemistry - II
Q.6. Answer any SIX of the following: [12]
i. Write balanced chemical equations for the conversion of CrO 24 − to Cr2O72 − in acidic medium
and Cr2O72 − to CrO 24 − in basic medium.
3+
ii. Explain the geometry of Co ( NH 3 )6  on the basis of hybridisation. (Z of Co = 27)
iii. Why ethanol has higher boiling point than ethane?
iv. Write only reactions for the preparation of benzophenone from benzonitrile.
v. What is the action of p-toluenesulphonylchloride on ethylamine and diethylamine?
vi. What are amino acids? Write the correct reaction for formation of peptide bond between
amino acids.
vii. Define:
a. Antiseptics b. Antioxidants
viii. Explain only reaction mechanism for alkaline hydrolysis of tert-butylbromide.
Q.7. Answer any THREE of the following: [9]
i. Complete and rewrite the balanced chemical equations:
a. Chlorobenzene 
NaCN + CuCN
473K, pressure
→ ?
b. Isobutyraldehyde 
50% KOH
→?
+
c. Butanone + 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine → H
?
ii. Prepare carbolic acid from benzene sulphonic acid.
Write a chemical equation for the action of neutral ferric chloride on phenol.
iii. Explain the preparation and uses of nylon-2-nylon-6.
iv. How glucose is prepared from cane sugar?
Write the formula of the complex: copper (II) hexacyanoferrate (II).
Q.8. Answer any ONE of the following: [7]
i. What is lanthanide contraction?
ii. Explain the cause of lanthanide contraction.
iii. Draw the structures of chloroxylenol and adenine.
iv. How are ethylamine and ethylmethylamine distinguished by using nitrous acid?
OR
i. What is the action of the following reagents on ethanoic acid?
a. LiAlH4 / H3O+
b. PCl3, heat
c. P2O5, heat
ii. Identify ‘A’ and ‘B’ in the following reaction and rewrite the complete reaction:

CH3 – CH2 – Br + AgCN  → A 
Na / C 2 H5 OH
→B
iii. Explain Hoffmann bromamide degradation reaction.

552
Board Question Paper : March 2018

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2018


Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Graph of L.P.P. should be drawn on graph paper only.
iv. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
v. Answers to the questions of Section - I and Section - II should be written in only one answer book.
vi. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. (A) Select and write the appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6) [12]
 2 −3
i. If A =   , then adjoint of matrix A is _______.
4 1 
 1 3  1 −3
(A)  −4 2  (B)  −4 2 
   
1 3   −1 −3
(C)  4 −2  (D)  −4 2 
   

2
ii. The principal solutions of sec x = are
3
π 11π π 11π
(A) , (B) ,
3 6 6 6
π 11π π 11π
(C) , (D) ,
4 4 6 4

iii. The measure of acute angle between the lines whose direction ratios are 3, 2, 6 and −2, 1, 2 is
_______.
1 8
(A) cos−1   (B) cos−1  
7  15 
1  8 
(C) cos−1   (D) cos−1  
3  21 

(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)


i. Write the negations of the following statements:
a. All students of this college live in the hostel.
b. 6 is an even number or 36 is a perfect square.
ii. If a line makes angles α, β, γ with the co-ordinate axes,
prove that cos 2α + cos 2β + cos 2γ + 1 = 0.
iii. Find the distance of the point (1, 2, −1) from the plane x − 2y + 4z − 10 = 0.
iv. Find the vector equation of the line which passes through the point with position vector
4iˆ − ˆj + 2kˆ and is in the direction of − 2iˆ + ˆj + kˆ .
v. ( )
If a = 3iˆ − 2ˆj + 7kˆ , b = 5iˆ + ˆj − 2kˆ and c = ˆi + ˆj − kˆ , then find a ⋅ b × c .

377
Std. XII : Perfect Maths - I
Q.2. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
i. Using vector method prove that the medians of a triangle are concurrent.
ii. Using the truth table, prove the following logical equivalence:
p ↔ q ≡ (p ∧ q) ∨ (∼ p ∧ ∼ q).
iii. If the origin is the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are A(2, p, −3), B(q, −2, 5) and
R(−5, 1, r), then find the values of p, q, r.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Show that a homogeneous equation of degree two in x and y, i.e. ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 represents a
pair of lines passing through the origin if h2 − ab ≥ 0.
 C−A   c − a  B
ii. In ∆ABC, prove that tan  =  cot
 2   c+a  2
 1 2 −2 
iii. Find the inverse of the matrix, A =  −1 3 0  using elementary row transformations.
 0 −2 1 

Q.3. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]


i. Find the joint equation of the pair of lines passing through the origin, which are perpendicular
to the lines represented by 5x2 + 2xy − 3y2 = 0.
x −1 y − 3 z x−2 y + 1 z−4
ii. Find the angle between the lines = = and = =
4 1 8 2 2 1
iii. Write converse, inverse and contrapositive of the following conditional statement:
If an angle is a right angle then its measure is 90°.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
3  12   56 
i. Prove that: sin−1   + cos−1   = sin−1  
5  13   65 
ii. Find the vector equation of the plane passing through the points A(1, 0, 1), B(1, −1, 1) and
C(4, −3, 2).
iii. Minimize Z = 7x + y subject to
5x + y ≥ 5, x + y ≥ 3, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0

378
Board Question Paper : March 2018

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2018


Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii. Graph of L.P.P. should be drawn on graph paper only.
iv. Use of logarithmic table is allowed.
v. Answers to the questions of Section - I and Section - II should be written in only one answer book.
vi. Answer to every new question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – II
Q.4. (A) Select and write the appropriate answer from the given alternatives in each of the
following sub-questions: (6)[12]
i. Let the p.m.f. of a random variable X be −
3− x
P(x) = for x = −1, 0, 1, 2
10
=0 otherwise
Then E(X) is _______.
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 0 (D) −1
k
1 π
ii. If ∫ 2 + 8x
0
2
dx =
16
, then the value of k is _______.

1 1
(A) (B)
2 3
1 1
(C) (D)
4 5

dy
iii. Integrating factor of the linear differential equation x + 2y = x2 log x is _______.
dx
1 1
(A) (B)
x2 x
(C) x (D) x2

(B) Attempt any THREE of the following: (6)


 cos x − sin x 
i. Evaluate: ∫ e x  2  dx
 sin x 
dy
ii. If y = tan2 (log x3), find .
dx
x2 y2
iii. Find the area of ellipse + = 1.
1 4
iv. Obtain the differential equation by eliminating the arbitrary constants from the following
equation: y = c1e2x + c2e−2x
v. Given X ∼ B (n, p)
If n = 10 and p = 0.4, find E(X) and Var. (X).
451
Std. XII : Perfect Maths - II
Q.5. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
1
i. Evaluate: ∫ dx
3 + 2sin x + cos x
ii. If x = a cos3 t, y = a sin3 t,
1
dy  y 3
show that = − 
dx x
iii. Examine the continuity of the function:
log100 + log ( 0.01 + x )
f ( x) = , for x ≠ 0
3x
100
= for x = 0; at x = 0
3
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Find the maximum and minimum value of the function:
f(x) = 2x3 − 21x2 + 36x − 20.
1 1 a+x
ii. Prove that: ∫a 2
−x 2
dx =
2a
log
a−x
+c

a a
iii. Show that: ∫ f(x) dx = 2 ∫ f(x) dx , if f(x) is an even function.
−a 0
= 0, if f(x) is an odd function.
Q.6. (A) Attempt any TWO of the following: (6)[14]
x2 − 9
i. If f(x) = + α, for x > 3
x−3
= 5, for x = 3
= 2x2 + 3x + β, for x < 3
is continuous at x = 3, find α and β.
dy  5 x +1 
ii. Find if y = tan−1  2 
dx  3− x − 6x 
iii. A fair coin is tossed 9 times. Find the probability that it shows head exactly 5 times.
(B) Attempt any TWO of the following: (8)
i. Verify Rolle’s theorem for the following function:
f(x) = x2 − 4x + 10 on [0, 4]
ii. Find the particular solution of the differential equation:
dx
y (1 + log x) – x log x = 0
dy
when y = e2 and x = e
iii. Find the variance and standard deviation of the random variable X whose probability
distribution is given below:
x 0 1 2 3
P(X = x) 1 3 3 1
8 8 8 8

452
Board Question Paper : March 2018

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2018


Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.
vi. Answers to both sections must be written in the same answerbook.
vii. Answer to every question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – I
Q.1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. In stationary wave, the distance between a node and its adjacent antinode is _______.

(A)  (B)
4

(C) (D) 2
2
ii. If the source is moving away from the observer, then the apparent frequency _______.
(A) will increase (B) will remain the same
(C) will be zero (D) will decrease
iii. A particle of mass m performs vertical motion in a circle of radius r. Its potential energy at
the highest point is _______.
(g is acceleration due to gravity)
(A) 2mgr (B) mgr
(C) 0 (D) 3 mgr
iv. The compressibility of a substance is the reciprocal of _______.
(A) Young’s modulus (B) bulk modulus
(C) modulus of rigidity (D) Poisson’s ratio
v. If the particle starts its motion from mean position, the phase difference between
displacement and acceleration is _______.
π
(A) 2 rad (B) rad
2
π
(C)  rad (D) rad
4
vi. The kinetic energy per molecule of a gas at temperature T is _______.
3 3
(A)   RT (B)   KBT
2 2
2  3   RT 
(C)   RT (D)    
3 2  M 
vii. A thin ring has mass 0.25 kg and radius 0.5m. Its moment of inertia about an axis passing
through its centre and perpendicular to its plane is _______.
(A) 0.0625 kg m2 (B) 0.625 kg m2
2
(C) 6.25 kg m (D) 62.5 kg m2
371
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Physics - I
Q.2. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. State Kepler’s law of orbit and law of equal areas.
ii. State any ‘four’ assumptions of kinetic theory of gases.
iii. Define moment of inertia. State its SI unit and dimensions.
iv. Distinguish between centripetal and centrifugal force.
v. In Melde’s experiment, when tension in the string is 10 g wt then three loops are obtained.
Determine the tension in the string required to obtain four loops, if all other conditions are
constant.
vi. Calculate the work done in increasing the radius of a soap bubble in air from 1 cm to 2 cm.
The surface tension of soap solution is 30 dyne/cm. ( = 3.142)
vii. A flat curve on a highway has a radius of curvature 400 m. A car goes around a curve at a
speed of 32 m/s. What is the minimum value of coefficient of friction that will prevent the car
from sliding? (g = 9.8 m/s2)
viii. A particle performing linear S. H. M. has maximum velocity of 25 cm/s and maximum
acceleration of 100 cm/s2. Find the amplitude and period of oscillation. ( = 3.142)
Q.3. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. Derive Laplace’s law for a spherical membrane.
ii. State and prove principle of conservation of angular momentum.
iii. Calculate the strain energy per unit volume in a brass wire of length 3 m and area of
cross-section 0.6 mm2 when it is stretched by 3 mm and a force of 6 kgwt is applied to its free
end.
iv. What is the decrease in weight of a body of mass 500 kg when it is taken into a mine of depth
1000 km?
(Radius of earth R = 6400 km, g = 9.8 m/s2)
Q.4. A. State the differential equation of linear simple harmonic motion. [7]
B. Hence obtain the expression for acceleration, velocity and displacement of a particle
performing linear S. H. M.
A body cools from 80C to 70C in 5 minutes and to 62C in the next 5 minutes. Calculate
the temperature of the surroundings.
OR
A. What is meant by harmonics? Show that only odd harmonics are present as overtones in the
case of an air column vibrating in a pipe closed at one end.
81 81
B. The wavelengths of two sound waves in air are m and m. They produce 10 beats
173 170
per second. Calculate the velocity of sound in air.

372
Board Question Paper : March 2018

BOARD QUESTION PAPER : MARCH 2018


Note:
i. All questions are compulsory.
ii. Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iii. Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iv. Use of only logarithmic table is allowed.
v. All symbols have their usual meaning unless otherwise stated.
vi. Answers to both sections must be written in the same answerbook.
vii. Answer to every question must be written on a new page.

SECTION – II
Q.5. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each
sub-question: [7]
i. The reflected waves from an ionosphere are _______.
(A) ground waves (B) sky waves
(C) space waves (D) very high frequency waves
ii. In interference pattern, using two coherent sources of light; the fringe width is _______.
(A) directly proportional to wavelength.
(B) inversely proportional to square of the wavelength.
(C) inversely proportional to wavelength.
(D) directly proportional to square of the wavelength.
iii. Electric intensity outside a charged cylinder having the charge per unit length ‘’ at a distance r from
its axis is _______.
20   
(A) E  (B) E  0 2
Kr 2
2 Kr
 40 
(C) E  (D) E 
20 Kr Kr 2
iv. SI unit of potential gradient is _______.
V V
(A) V cm (B) (C) Vm (D)
cm m
v. The momentum associated with photon is given by _______.
h
(A) h (B) (C) hE (D) h
c
vi. A pure semiconductor is _______.
(A) an extrinsic semiconductor (B) an intrinsic semiconductor
(C) p-type semiconductor (D) n-type semiconductor
vii. Glass plate of refractive index 1.732 is to be used as a polariser, its polarizing angle is _______.
(A) 30 (B) 45 (C) 60 (D) 90
Q.6. Attempt any SIX: [12]
i. State the conditions to get constructive and destructive interference of light.
ii. State and explain Ampere’s circuital law.
iii. Draw a neat and labelled block diagram of a receiver.
iv. Define magnetization. Write its SI unit and dimensions.
v. The electron in the hydrogen atom is moving with a speed of 2.3  106 m/s in an orbit of
radius 0.53 Å. Calculate the period of revolution of electron. ( = 3.142)
417
Std. XII Sci.: Perfect Physics - II
vi. A capacitor of capacitance 0.5 F is connected to a source of alternating e.m.f. of frequency
100 Hz. What is the capacitive reactance? ( = 3.142)
vii. Calculate the de-Broglie wavelength of an electron moving with one fifth of the speed of
light. Neglect relativistic effects. (h = 6.63  10–34 J.s., c = 3  108 m/s, mass of electron
= 9  10–31 kg)
viii. In a cyclotron, magnetic field of 1.4 Wb/m2 is used. To accelerate protons, how rapidly
should the electric field between the Dees be reversed?
( = 3.142, Mp = 1.67  10–27 kg, e = 1.6  10–19 C)
Q.7. Attempt any THREE: [9]
i. Explain with a neat circuit diagram how will you determine unknown resistance ‘X’ by using
meter bridge.
ii. What is Zener diode? How is it used as a voltage regulator?
iii. In a biprism experiment, light of wavelength 5200 Å is used to get an interference pattern on
the screen. The fringe width changes by 1.3 mm when the screen is moved towards biprism
by 50 cm. Find the distance between two virtual images of the slit.
4
iv. The refractive indices of water and diamond are and 2.42 respectively. Find the speed of
3
light in water and diamond. (c = 3  108 m/s)
Q.8. A. Prove theoretically the relation between e.m.f. induced in a coil and rate of change of
magnetic flux in electromagnetic induction.
B. A parallel plate air condenser has a capacity of 20 F. What will be the new capacity if:
i. the distance between the two plates is doubled?
ii. a marble slab of dielectric constant 8 is introduced between the two plates? [7]
OR
A. Draw a neat and labelled energy level diagram and explain Balmer series and Brackett series
of spectral lines for hydrogen atom.
B. The work function for a metal surface is 2.2 eV. If light of wavelength 5000Å is incident on
the surface of the metal, find the threshold frequency and incident frequency. Will there be an
emission of photoelectrons or not?
(c = 3  108 m/s, 1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J, h = 6.63  10–34 J.s.) [7]

418

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen